IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)
h
i<
V.
1.0
y£ i^
I.I
Z Its, 112.0
1.8
l!Ji llllll^ III 1.6
V]
<^
/a
^7).
^/7
^
Pnotographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. M580
(716) 872-4503
iV
iV
r<\^
\^^
-<?^^;^ ^x ^v
i/.A
CIHM
Microfiche
Series
(Monographs)
ICMH
Collection de
microfiches
(monographies)
Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques
iV
I
Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techn
The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original
copy available for filming. Features of > jis copy which
may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any
of the images in *he ^sproductior., or which may
significantly change the usual method of filming, arc
checked below.
D
n
Coloured covers/
Couverture de couieur
Covers damaged/
Couverture endommagee
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restauree et/ou pelliculde
□ Cove
Leti
Cover title missing/
titre de couverture manque
n
D
Coloured maps/
Cattes giographiques en couieur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couieur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couieur
Bound with other material/
Relie avec d'auvres documents
Tight ijinding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
La reliure serree peut causer de Tombre ou de la
distorsion le long de la marge interieure
Blank leaves added during restoration may appear
within the text. Whenever possible, these have
been omitted from filming/
11 se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque cela etait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas Pte filmees.
Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplementaires:
Text in French and English. Pari
Textes en fran^ais et en anglai;
par une etiquette.
This Item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est filme au taux de reduction mdique ci-dessous.
10X 14X 18X
J
12X
16X
20X
22X
iibliographic Notes / Notes technques et bibliographiques
L'Institut a microfilm^ l« meilleur exemplaire qu'il
lui a eti possible de se procurer. Les details de cet
exemplaire qui sont peut-£tre uniques du point de vue
bibliographiqus, qui peuvent modifier une image
reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une modification
dans la methode normale de f ilmage sont indiques
ci-dessous.
D
Coloured pages/
Pages d^ couleur
□ Pages damaged/
Pages endommagees
□ Pages restorH and/or laminated/
Pages restaurees et/ou pellicultes
[3
Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
Pages decolorees, tacheteos ou piquees
□ Pages detached/
Pages detachees
Showthrough/
ansparence
ijTra
Quality of print varies/
D
n
Quatite inegale de I'impression
Continuous pagination/
Pagination continue
Includes index(e$)/
Comprend un (des) index
Title on header taken from:/
Le titre de Ten-tite provient:
DJ;
tie page of issue/
Page de titre de la livraison
□ Caption of issue/
Titre de de
D
depart de la livtaison
Masthead /
Genericjue (periodiques) de la livraison
in French and English. Part of cover title hidden by tape,
es en fran9ais et en anglais. Une partie de la page couverture est cachee
une etiquette.
18X
22X
26 X
30X
J
20X
24 X
?RX
■jrx
I
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:
l^ational Library of Canada
The images appearing here aru the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in kr^eping witi the
filming contract specifications.
Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
begiiming with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.
"^he last recorded frane on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol —^•(meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever apt.]ies.
Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
1
2
3
1
2
4
5
:ed thanks
da
L'exemplaire i\\m6 fut reproduit grSce A la
gdndrosit^ de:
Bibliothdque nationale du Canada
quality
egibillty
the
Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetd de lexemplaire filmd, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.
ire filmed
ng on
i impres-
e. All
ig on the
tpres-
printed
che
CON-
END"),
J at
le to be
ned
left to
( as
te the
Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimde sont film6s en commerpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soi* par la
dernidrs f»age qui comporte une empreit.to
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
plat, selon Se cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont film^s en commenpant par la
premidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustratio'ii et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le
symbole V signifie "FIN".
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre
film^s d des taux de reduction diff^rents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour due
reproduit en un seul cliche, il est filmd d partir
d«) Tangle sup^rieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la mdthode.
1
2
3
I
5
6
JAMES CAMPBELL & SON'S
EDUCATIONAL SERIES
FOR P UBLIC SCHOOLS.
arithmetic! ' ' ~
SMITH & M'MURCHY'S ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC $o 25
STODDARD'S INTELLECTUAL ARITHMETIC o b^
.„_ ENGLISH.
ABBOTT'S HOW TO PARSE
BROOKE'S, REV. STOPFORbrENGLISHLiTFRATKpir " '''"
CHAMI5KRSS ETYM()L0G1UAL DICnONARV ° ^o
CitASKS NOTES TO THE FOUR I'H READER (for High ' "'
.,.xA'-1?'^"' Entrance Exammat on. Ontario). ^
COLLIER'S HISTORY Of' ENGLlsTi LITERATliRF ^°
pOWDEN'S SHAKESPEARE PRIMEP ^^^^^ ^ °°
C1Se¥^" liOVVEN'S ENGLISH GRAMmArEXErI ° '°
MORRIS' ENGLiSH ■grammar': ° 3°
swiNTON's NEW LANGUAGE LEssoNs;'.:;;.':'.::::::;:: o «
GEOGRAPHY.
CAMPBELL'S, MODERN GEOGRAPHY AND ATT A9
""^^^IZ^ •^l^'^'P'.'- GEOGRAPHY. x8 Aai^paS A^apsfhea;;: ° ''
tilully coloured, (m the Press)
GROVE'S PRIMER OF GEOGRAPHY ° ^°
GEIKIE'S PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY PRIMER ° ^°
TOZER'S PRIMER OF CLASSICAL GEOGRAPHV o 30
HISTORY.
^^LLIER^^H-— -^- — -
O
WARDS' SI
EEMAN'S
HISTORY.
I 00
o 30
shortly o 30
.shortly o 30
'^^ E^bn^^'^'^^"^'^'""'""'*^'^'''^'^^^'^ " "^
MATHEMATICS
COLENSO'S ALGEBRA (Part L) ^ 5^
'Books I. anciii::;:;;;::;::;;:;;;;;:;::":: l\\
, SCIENCE.
FOSTER'S PHYSIOLOGY (Pnmer)
GEIKIE'S GEOLOGY (Prm er) ^ ° "Z
ROSCOE'S CHEMISTRY (Pri-ner) -• I Z
STEWARTS. BALFOUR, PHYsics(Primer ):::;:::::: ;:::::::::: : 3^
JAMES CAMPBELL ^^ON, TORONTO.
%
'S
'lES,
ETIC $o 25
o so
o es
o 75
URE o 30
I 00
High
o 20
E I 00
o 30
CER-
o 30
o 25
o 25
5 o 75
beau-
o 50
o 30
o ;io
o 30
o 20
o 50
o 75
o 13
\N
1 CK)
o 30
artly o 30
miy o 30
o 60
N'ew
o '6s
o 50
o 75
pers o 30
<■' 13
o 15
o CO
o 00
..... o 25
o 30
JAMES CAMPBELL & SON'S •
EDUCATIONAL SERIES,
FOR
ONTARIO COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES, HIGH
SCHOOLS, & TEACHERS' EXAMINATIONS.
ENGLISH.
ABBOTT'S HOW TO TELL THE PARTS OF qPFFPH
ABBOTT'S HOW TO PARSE ""^^^^ ^^ SPEECH...
BELL'S STANDARD ELOLUTIONIsf
CRAIK'S ENGLISH LITERATURE
llhTU KLADER-Notes to Selections for Third Uas.s Exami-
nation, by \. L. L. Arnistrons
GOLDS^MITH'S TRAVELLER AND DESERfED VILI
LAGb. with Notes l)y Hales
io„,d^c. riV' LOSl, Books L and II
JEVON'S LOGIC (Primer) ...
MORELIS ESSENTIALS OF •'eNG LIS H GRAMMAR;
witii r^xercises
*I^L^ o h.V?,ir'^ '^^^' ^' ^ ^- RAivi MARVwithExe'cise's
MORRIS' en(;lish grammar
'^RAM il,^;^\KOI^^'<^"l"^ON TO historical' ENGLiSH
^^^\l%l ^''^^^Ai3lSE LOST/B^ks Land ILVwi.h notes
MILTON'S PARilbiSElv6sT:"withnotes'byH^^
<< ,, ,. , Ross
PEILE'S PHILOLOGY (Primer) ' -Edmonstoi
''''^cf^lcrJlS?,o5'^Rr"^^'^■'^'^■■■■^^■^■'■■^^^
c^lKiiil/S' Pv^- ^^- manual of ENGLiSHGRAMMAR
i^' Ir^^ Ji^^L'-'^" GRAMMAR SIMPLIFIED ^
swtnton's new LANGUAGE LESSONS ..■:::;;.■:;;:;:;;;
HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY AND
ANTIQUITIES.
CAMPBELL'S MODERN GEOGl^APHY AND .\TL-\S ne*
o,. ,^w!',°.'.V '■evised and corrected to d.ile
CRLK.H ION'S HLSTORYOF ROME (Pnmer)
TORV.^'^ GENERAL SKETLTl OF^EURotKAN lils:
$0 60
75
1 00
2 as
I 00
o 25
o 15
30
30
30
60
25
75
3S
60
75
75
30
2
25
I
00
25
25
o 75
}0
1 00
FVFFE'S HISTORY OF GREECE rPrimer^ ' ""
JOHNSTONS UNRIVALLED gI:&al' ATLAS " .^
CLASSICAL '• I 00
WORLD ATLAS. 34 Maps .. Z
CLASSICAL ATLAS. 23 Maps \ ^^
GRAPHY ^<-'"^<^^ ^TLAS of general GEOl '
50
yAMES CAMPBELL &> SOJV, TORONIO,
THE
FIRST FRENCH BOOK
GRAMMAR, CONVERSATION
AND TRANSl.ATION
UBAWN UP ACOOKDINO TO THE HBQltiBEMBNTS OF tUk
FIl«T STANDARD.
Wlih Two 4'oiuplcte Vorabnlarlea,
t
BOITKl) BY
HENRI BUE, B.-h8-h.,
FHENCH MASTiiB AT MBHOHA .T TAYLOBS', W)NDOK.
TIIlRh EDITION, HE VISED.
JAMRS nAMPRT?TT J. aoTsT
1878.
— " ~ ' r. f Ti^Parliament of Canada, in the year^
Entered according to Act of ^^^^ Parha^^^^^^^ by James Camp-
PRINTRI) BY
HtTNTKR, ROSR & Co.,
•lORONTO.
The
PEEFACE.
This little book has been drawn np according to
the requirements of the first stage.
It is intended as an introduction to French
arammar, conversation, and translation, and it con-
tains vocabularies which wiU save the young
begmner the trouble of using a dictionary.
May teachers and pupils find it a useful and
handy primer.
London, September, 1877.
Ida, in the year
y James Camp-
culture.
PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION.
The Editor begs to express his sincere thanks
to the numerous members of the profession
who have adopted his "First French Book"
for their elementary classes. He has carefully
corrested in the present edition some slight
defects, and added to the volume, for the greater
convenience of the youn- v udent, a list of some
01 the most useful irreguiHi' ver])s.
., -^^.^ ^^^^^o French Book, which will complete
this httle "Elementary Grammar," is now in
preparation, and will be published in September
next at the same low price.
April, 1878.
*^>
i
CONTENTS.
A IjiHt of Words to be committed to Memory
Tho Alphabet
Ace ents and other Orthographic Signs
The Definite Article .
The Indefinite Article .
Nouns ....
The Possessive Case .
Qualifying Adjectives .
Possessive Adjectives ,
Numerals . . ,
Personal Pronouns
Avoir, Simple Tenses
Avoir, Comi)ouud Tenses
litxe, Simple Tenses .
Etre, Compound Tenses
Interrogation and Negation
The First Cot^ugratlon ; Donner, Simple
Tenses ....
Donner, Compound Tenses
The Demonstrative Adjective
Possessive Pronouns ,
Demonstrative Pronouns .
Relative Pronouns ,
Pac*
vi— viii
1
1
3— «, 49
2,8
3, 7, 60—66
8—11, 67-66
12, 70
13—15, GO— 69
16—18, 73—76
ly— 21
26—80
30—86
36—37
36—37
38—43
44—48
72
77
79
81—84
IV
CONTENTS.
Rompre,
The Second Conjugratloiii
Tenses ....
Pv/nir, Compound Tenses .
The Third Conjuffatlon | Eeeevoir,
Tenses ....
Recevoir, Compound Tenses
The Fourth Oonjuffatlon |
Tenses ....
Rompre, Compound T«nses .
Prepositions , ,
Ad verbis ....
Indefinite Adjecti^ es and Pronoun
OoD junctions
The Auxiliary Verbs .
The Four Conjugations
The Passive ....
Pronominal or Reflexive Verbs
A List of some of the most useful Inegular
A Short Chapter for the Inquisitive .
Punir, Simple
Page
•
. 85—87
. 88— yo
Simpl
. 91—94
Sinnnl<
. 95—97
(s/aAU Lfll
98—101
102—106
96
. 100,
103— lOf)
107~10!»
109, 110
112
113
114
115
Verbs
117
•
124, 125
READING LESSO^^S
R^ponse de Leonidas
L Heure du Diner
Le Grand Malheur
Coiu'ty Harangue
Avidite Punie
Calcul Tres-juste
Des Perles dans le DtJsert
L'Avarice Punie .
126
126
126
127
127
127
128
128
■A
1
\
OONTSNTS.
Page
Le Violon CassS ....
Exeroice de Prouonoiation • .
L'Avare
Epitaphe d'an Paresseuz .
Lettre d'un Ecolier k son Pdre
Le Ver-Luisant et le Crapaud
Le B§ye
Le Paresseux «...
Athalie et Joas ...»
Le Spectre
Le Bat de Yille et le Bat des Champs
La Machine k Vapeur .
Ghristophe Golomb . •
Mieux que Qa . • * .
Le Marchand de Petits Gateaux .
•• L'Avare" de Molidre
Bag*
128
129
129
129
129
180
180
130
132
1»3
184
135
186
187
139
140
English-Fii-eneh Vocabulary
French-English Vooabnlary
142
146
A LIST OF WORDS
TO BE COMMITTED TO MEMOHY.
L'air.w.,
le feu,
la terre,
I'eau,/.,
le corps,
la tete,
le buste,
le bras,
la jambe,
la figure,
ri'paule,/.,
le coude,
la main,
le geuou,
le pied,
le doigt,
Tortei], «».,
le front,
le nez,
la boucho,
la joue,
le menton,
le cou,
le cha: eau,
I'habit, VI.,
la manclie,
le gilet,
la chemise,
the air
the fire
the earth
the water
the body
the head
the bust
the arm
the leg
the face
the shoulder
the elbow
tlie hand
tho kuee
the foot
the fiiiger
the tue
the forehead
the nose
the mouth
the cheek
the chin
the neck
the hat
tho coat
the sleeve
the waistcoat
the shirt
le pautalon,
le col,
le bas,
la chaussette,
la bottme,
le Soulier,
la maison,
la brique,
la pierre,
le bois,
lefer,
la porte,
la fengtre,
la cbatrbre,
la chambre a
coucher,
la salle a
manger,
la cuisine,
I'anticham-
, bre,/.,
ie salon,
the trousers
the collar
the stockhig
the sock
the boot
the slioe
the house
the brick
the stone
the wood
the iron
the door
the window
the room
the bedroom
r
the dining-
room
the kitchen
the anteroom
the drawing,
room
le plafond,
le plancher,
le mur,
Iclit,
le tapis,
le rideau,
the coiling
the floor
the wall
the bed
the carpet
the curtain
A LIST OF WORDS.
Vlf
MOKY,
trousers
3olIar
itockiiig
lock
JOOt
hoe
louse
rick
;oiie
'ood
oa
3or
indow
om
droom
uing.
n
chen
teroom
I wing.
1
ling
)r
.1
[
oet
tain
la chaise,
]p fauteuil,
la table,
la vitre,
le store,
le buffet,
le pain,
le vin,
la viande,
le sel,
le poivre,
le couteau,
la fourchette,
la cuiller,
le verre
la tasse,
la scmcoupc,
I'assiette,/.,
le plat,
la carafe,
la carafe,
le moutou,
le bcEuf,
I'agneau, m.,
le veau,
la vache,
le lait,
le chou,
lechou-Heur,
lapomme de
terre,
la salade,
le conoonibre,
la laitue,
I'CBUf. m..
la poule,
the chair
the armchair
the table
the wiudow-
pnno
the blind
the sideboard
the bread
the wine
the moat
the salt
the pepper
the knife
the fork
the spoon
the glass
the cup
the saucer
the plate
the dish
the water-
bottlo
the decanter
the mutton
the beef
the lamb
the veal
the cow
the milk
the cabbage
the cauh-
flower
the potato
the salad
the cucumber
the lettuce
-oo
the hen
le coy,
le dindon,
la dinde,
IV-io,/.,
le jars,
le moinoau,
the cock
the turkey-
cock
the turkey-
hen
the goose
the gander
the sparrow
riiirondelle,/., the swallow
la promenade,
la rue,
le chemin,
le sontier,
I'arbre, w.,
la flour,
I'herbe, /.,
le gazon,
le caillou,
la poussiere,
la pluie,
le vent,
le Roleil,
la chaleur,
le froid,
le ciel,
le nuage,
la faim,
le dejedner,
le gouter,
le diner,
le souper,
le the,
le cafe,
la tartiae,
le roti,
la rdtie,
le beurre
la confiture
the walk
the street
the road
the lane
the tree
the flower
the grass
the turf
the pebble
the dust
the rain
the wind
the sun
the heat
the cold
the heaven
the cloud
the hunger
the breaivfast
the lunch
the dinner
the supper
the tea
the coffee
the slice of
bread
the roast meat
the toast
the butter
tlic jaai
tmii>iu;mif*mm,^>',i
■ ■■ ■
A LIST OF WORDS,
le mattre,
TelSve, m.,
la classe,
le pupitre,
le banc,
le tableau noir,
la oraie,
le torchon,
le crayon,
la plume,
la plume de
for,
la plume d'oie,
le ])()rte-
plume, ,
I'ardoise, /.,
le crayon d'ar-
doise,
le papier,
le papier a let-
tre,
le ))apier bu-
vard
Tencre, /.,
rencrier, w.,
la cour,
le jeu,
le jouet,
la corde,
la bille,
la tonpie,
la balle,
la recreation,
la course,
le temps,
le sidcle,
I'anufie,/.,
le irimesrre,
tbe master
the pupil
the class
the desk
the form
the black-
board
the chalk
the duster
the pencil
the pen
the stoel pen
the quill pen
the penholder
the slate
the slate-pen-
oil
the paper
the note paper
the blotting
paper
the ink
the inkstand
the yard, the
play-ground
the game
the plaything;
the rope
the mar bio
the top
the ball
the play-time
the race
the time
the century
the year
the quarter
le mois,
la semaine,
le jour,
la nuit,
le matin,
le soir,
^apr^R-midi,
I'heure,/,,
la minutf,
la seconde,
dimanche,
Inndi,
mardi,
mcrcredi,
jendi,
veudredi,
samedi.
the month
the week
tlie day
the night
the morning
the evening
the aftemoou
the hour
the minute
the second
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
le printemps, spring
r6te, m., summer
rautomn6,tn., autumn
I'hiver, m., winter
rhomme, m.,
la femme,
le pere,
la mgre,
I'enfant, «».,
le fils,
la fille,
le frere,
la-soeur,
I'oncle, m,,
la tante,
le cousin,
la cousine,
le parrain,
la marraiue
the man
the woman
the father
the mother
the child
the son
the daughtor
the brotlu'f
the sister
the uncle
the aunt
the cousin
(male)
the cousin
(female)
the godfather
thegodmotkef
FIRST PART.
LESSON I.
TBB AX.PBABET.
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, n, o,
P» q, r, s, t, u, V, w, X, y, z.
Xramea of the letters In rrencli.
a, be, ce, de, ^, effe, ge, ache, i, ji, ka, ello,
emme, eiine, o, jje, qu, erre, esse, to, u, ve,
double ve, ikse, i grec, zede.
There are in French three accents :
The acute, used only on e : ke, summer.
The grave, used on e and a : mere, mother : a.
to or at.
The circumflex, used on any vowel (except n), a.
e, etc. : tete, head. i J)> *
The cedilla is a little sign placed under 9 to give
It the sound of s before a, o, u : ,iarqon, boy.
The apostrophe is a sign {') which shows that a
vowel has been suppressed : Vayni, for le and amL
the friend.
The diaresis is a sign consisting of two dots ("),
and denoting that the vowel above which it standa
must be pronounced quite distinct from the pre-
cedmg vowel: naif=na'i-fe, artless.
B
d
Szerdse 1.
Spell the following l^rmch words, giving the letters
their French name :
Un Sieve, a pupil ; nn matron, a mason ; Noelf
Christmas ; nn jeii, a game ; Verrettr, the error ;
Vhoumie, the man ; la pate, the paste ; la bjre,
the lyre,
LESSON II.
THS ARTXCXiSS.
The Singular.
Ttae Beflnlte Article.
le, the, before a noim masculine singular bcpfin-
ning with a consonant or an h aspirate : le ;>6r<?,
the father ; le hibou, the owl.
la, the, before a noun feminine singular begm-
ning with a consonant or an h aspirate : la mire,
the mother ; la haie, tlie hedge.
1', the, before any singular noun beginning with
a vowel or h mute: Venfant, the child; viwmme,
the man.
The Xndofinite Article.
nn, a or an, before a noun masculine singular.
une, a or an, before a noun feminine singular,
The article, in Trench, must be repeated before
every noun.
Elive (niosc), 'puiril
a, has
pliimo (/.), fen
mere (/.), uwther
eufaut {m.), child
voici, here is or here are
fri^ro (»i.), orother
8a)ur (/.), si dor
Voila, tJicrc in, or there are
hibou (jH., h asp.), otoi
eur, on
li.'iie (/., h asp.), /icf?.7e
liomuic (m., /t uiutc), Hni.i
I
I
I
I
■f
g the letters
ison ; Noelj
the error ;
io ; la lijye^
^nlar bepin-
te ; le jiire^
:ular bep:m-
e : la mire,
iuninif^ with
cl; V ho mine,
ne singular,
ne singular,
3atcd before
tlier
or there are
sp.), oiol
.), hedge
mute), inUiU
8
fo T?! 'j"° ^-^' •'T'''^ ^"^^ '^**^^« ""* belonging
to the same word, means that those two letter!
must be jomed in pronunciation.
Model Exercise.
mi ft-ni* ^-"^ v"'^- ? ""' '^"^*- 4- I^'lH>i^^mo a
0. VoiU lo hibou sur la haie.
Exercise 2.
2 Thf TlW i^' '''^''^^^^ child, and the man.
rThel-^tlTrhi^ant^
LESSON III.
ARTXCX.BS AWD IffOTTXTS.
The Plukal.
^^^^y^nite Article: les, the, before any plural
/wrf^^iY^ Article : this article has no plural
iVTo^m. ; to fom the plural, add s to the singular,
as : les meres, the mothers.
litoTX^^'-' .^^;;^ *^^ ^f ^^r ? by: le pere a-tjlf
liteially, the lather has he ?
ont^elles ? (/.) have theyf
oui, yes
II a, ?ie /las
a-t^il ? /tas fee r
elle a, she has
a-t- ello ? has she ?
ils^ont, they have
oiitJlH? (,«.) have they?
ellos^out (/.}, e/,ci/ /m(«
nou, no
livre (»'.), 6ooX!
fils. son
liile, damjidcr
Model Bzerolse*
1. L"^16ve a-t:^il^une plume ? Oui. 2. Les^
^I6ves ontcils les plumes ? Non. 8. La mere
a-tc,elle un livro ? 4. La mine a un livre,
5. Los m^res oiitc.c]lo8 los livres ? Oui. G. Voici
les 8a3ur8 et voili los fr6re8. 7. Le fils^et la fiUo
onLune plume.
Bzerolse 3.
1. Here are the pupils. 2. Have they the
books? Yes. 8. Has the mother a child? No.
4. Have «ho mothers the pens ? 5. The mothers
and the sisters have the pens. 6. Has he a
brother? Yes. 7. The mother has a son and a
daughter,
LESSON IV.
Tbe Beflnlte Article with '■'' ^" to or at, and *'de," of
or frmif and the Possesaive Case.
Tub Sinoulab.
an is to the, and du, of the, before a noun
masculine singular beginning with a consonant
or an h aspirate : au pere, du pere ; au hihou, du
hihou.
h la is to the, and de la, of the, before a nonn
feminine beginning with a consonant or an b
aspirate : h la swur, de la soiur ; ii. la haie, de la
haie.
^ 1' is to the, and de 1*, of the, before any sin-
gular noun beginning with a vowel or an li mute :
& Venfant, de Vhonmc.
Translate: my brotlier's pen, by: la plume de
vn^ufrere-, literiiUy : the pen of my brother.
2. Les^
La mere
in livre.
G. Voici
et la fiUe
they the
Id? No.
) mothers
[as he a
;ou and a
3 a noim
jon sonant
hibou, du
e a noun
or an b
aie, de la
any sm-
Ii mute :
TranslaW. some or any, by: ^u, de ta, or ^e V ;
some bread, du pain ; some meat, de la liande ;
some water, de I'eau.
Some or any, often omitted in Englisli, must
be exi)rcssed in French before every noim.
doimfi, given ^aia^ j,^t
Cbarles, Charle$ as-tu? hastthouf
''' ''^' ^ biere (/.), beer
em (/.), water pain (m.), 6re«.cZ
Loins Lewis yjauao (/.), meat
mou (»i,), my
Model Szerdse.
1. J'ai Jonne du pain au frere de Charles.
2. ILa donne de la viande k la sceur de Louis.
8. A-tcil donne de I'eau a I'eufaut? 4. Non,
inai,s_iLa donne de I'eau au hibou et de la biere
a I'homme. 6. As-tu donne le Hvre de mon frere
a Charles ? 6. Non, mais j'ai donn^ les plumes
de ma soour^a Louis.
Exorcise 4.
1. Hast thou my sister's pens ? 2. No ; I have
my father's book. 3. I have given some water
and some meat to Cliarles' sister. 4. Has he
given some bread and some beer to the man ?
6. Yes; and he has given some meat to the
owl. 6. Lewis has given the pupil's book to
Charles,
phime d$
er.
6
N'lCnATTVUI.Y.
jo n'ni pus, y havp not
tu ii'iinpn-i,i/wfihii.il not
il n ii pus, /tf /iii.i iii)t
elle n'lipaa, .sh.' hits nut
LESSON V.
The Sctiulte Article with " i," to or at, and »»de •• q/
or f}-rym. '
The Plural,
aux is to the, and dos, of the, bnforo any noun
in the plural : aux huwtnen, des homines.
^ Transkto some or any by des bclbro jiuy noun
in the plural.
Translate som£ or ani/ by de or d' only after
the negative ne...paB, not.
Present Xudlcative of "avoir," tn have.
INTKnilOOATIVBIiY
ai-je? /ita-r/t
as-tQ ? ftitH ihou f
a-tc.il ? fi<i.i hr f
ft-todlfi ? A«., ,/,. ? ^..^ .. .. ,„.„, .„„, „,„ „^
avoiis-uous (• hueewet nous n'livous pas, »£>«
A// we »()^
avoz-vou8 ? have you t vons n'livcz ikis, you
Ikii'c not
out;:.ils ? A<«c(? W^ f ils u'ont pas, ^A-y Aao*
elles^ont, th,-y (/.) Aaps ontoellea ? have they t ell^s n'ont pas, l/u-y (/.)
(/•) have not
XtCodel Szerdse*
1. Ont-ils des.enfants ? 2. Non, ils n'ont pas
d'enfauts. 8. Avez-vous dcs^elevcs ? 4. Qui
nous„avons des^eloves. 5. A-t^il donno du paiu
aux^hommes ? 6. Non il n'a pas donud de pain
aux^hoinmes. 7. Ai-je des livres ? 8. Oui, tu
as dos livres. 9. La soGur„a-tc,elle des plumes ?
10. Non, elle n'a pas de plumes.
Exercise 5.
1. Have you any books ? 2. No, I have not
any books. 8. Huve they given any broad to the
APKIUMA'ih'KLy.
J'ai, y have
tu as, thou hast
il n, he has
file a, she has
nous^avous, we have
▼ons^avez, ymi huve
lls^out, they have
Imst no i,.„.. '7."S , 'I, ;;,,„«; ^^s"- "'-
slie has Komo impils o iTni V «• Yos,
10. Yes, ho ha« »omo moat: ^" ""' ■""""
LESSON VI.
roRMATXOKT OF PBMXWIWa IXOUWS.
es-tu ? .,,7 /V,„ ? if, "I .^^''"^ !"'«. / ''"« not
CSt^il ? ,-, /,^ y f," " '7 P'l^, '/'"« arf not
est -Pile ? is ,,/,^ ? '„" '":'^ !'■'»• '"' ''•' w"/
<*re we r nous m- somines piw, «»■
yoMf vons n iitos pas, yow ar*
8,mtcila? „..,,.yp iCeaontpavA.,^,.,
Marquis (^.) wr,ra»i. . ar> not ,
in, /.ere ^ ^' ^ *** ^^'«1'^^«M/-). i-'.iy/^.sAto.man
IV- S^odel Exercise.
1. Voici la Fran9aise? 2. VnilA 1'A«m •
iiies li, voua^ici / 10. Non, nous som-
•Tc "lis, / iitn
tu CD. ^/(o« art
Pll ^ ost, .»//« <.t
niius soiituies, tee are
vou,sCte8, you are
ils gont, ^/i^ are
8
Bzerclse 6.
1. The Frenchwoman is hero. 2. The Etij^-
liHliwoman in there. 8. The inarchiojieKs has a
^'odchild (/.). 4. Is tho cousin of tlie inMicliionuKa
lioro? 6. No, tlio cousin of tlio m.irchiouoss is
not here. C. Here fire tho orphauH (masr.).
7. There are the or))lianH (/.). 8. Are you tht.'ro?
9. Wo are here. 10. They (/.) are not here.
11. They (w.) are there.
^ LESSON VII.
QtrAT.XrTZ17C ADJECTIVES.
Adjectives, in French, ap:reo in gender and
numherwith tho noun tliiy qualify.
To form the feminine, add nn e mute to tho
masculine: grand, tall ; (feiti.) i/raiide.
If the adjective ends in e mute in tho mascu-
line, it will not change in the feminine : habile
(niasc), clever; habile, {fem.).
To form the plural, add an a to tho singular :
gramlB, grandeti, habileB.
Ton (m.), ta (/.), thy
est, is
petit, small
son, his or her
habile, clever
aimablo, amiable
ne... ni... ni, neither... nor
maftre, master
ou, or
B6vore, strict
pension (/.), school
juste, just
patient, iMtient i
fig6, old.
Model Bzerclse.
1. Ta Bceur^est^elle grande ? 2. Non, elle est
p' '"t 8. Ton frere est^habile et aimable, raaia
asiTX-ii n'est ni aimable:. ni habile, ni iHune,
il
J.
4. LcP maitrofl pont-ils sdv^rca h ta poiision^
6. Non, ila Bout jubks^et patieuts. 6. Ma miiVQ
Sxerclao 7.
1. Are the pupils clever at thy scliool ? 2. Yes,
th<!y are ch'ver and amiable. 8. 1h thy cousiu
old or young ? 4. She is young, but she is neither
l^atient nor amiiiblo. 6. Is thy master just?
0. Yes, but ho is strict.
CONVERSATION.
Le Matin.— L\ CnAMBRB a
Couciiini.
C'HAnLEfl. Entends-tu Geor-
KC8?
GiJonoEB. Qnoi?
C. On frappe.
G. Oil frappo-tcon ?
0. A la purto.
The Mornino.— Thb Bed-
room.
Charles. Do you Lear,
George ?
Georqe. What?
Bome one is knocking.
WliPre ia some one kuocking?
At the dour.
LESSON VIII.
QVAX.X7YJX«rC A^JSCTIVfiS.
Begrees of Comparison.
To form the comparative of superiority put plaa,
viore, before the positive, and que, than, after it:
il est plus tjmnd que Jean, he is taller tlian
John.
To form the comparative of inferiority put
moins, less, before the positive, and que, than,
after it : // est xnoins grand que Jean, he is lesa
tall than John, or he is not so tall as John.
To form the couiparative of equaUty put aussl
as, before the positive, and que, than, after it :
a)ul QUO Jeo.u. h6 is as toJl
•7
£>Qf^ taijgq:!
10
as .Tohn; ij est an&sX grand et aussi dge cue mo/,
lie iH as taU and ttB old as I. '
le tien (m.), </..«^ i^ tie^^^ (/.); f/u,^
Model Sserclsoi
1. Ta soour^ost^elle plus gninde que la mionne?
o- m''"'//'^ est moiiis grande quo la tienno.
8. Ton frere est^il pliisjiabilo et plus aimablo
r.n'-n^^ ^•}^''' ^''' est.aussi-aimabie
et aussi habile que le tien. 5. Lcs maitvcs h ta
pension sont^ils jilus sdvorcs que iustos ? g' II3
Bont moms severes que justes.
Exercise 8.
1. Are the pupHs at thy school as tall as I ?
2. They ai-e not so tall, but they are more clever.
8 His mother IS stricter than mine, but mori
SfnTJ r N ^f''- ^' ^' ^^'y ^^'^^^^^r «W^^r than
nime? 6. No; he is younger than thine. G. Lewis
IE as clever, as amiable, and as young as George.
CONVERSATION.
La CnAMBRK A COUCIIKB.
G. Qui frappe ?
C'est le domefitique.
C.
G.
C.
G.
0.
Pourquoi frappe-t^il ?
Pour nous ruvailler.
Quelle heure est^il f
U est sept lieuioti.
The BRDnooM,
Who is ]<n okini'V
If; is tbo servant.
^y by does he knock?
To wake us,
Wiint time is it?
It is bovtiu o'ciuoJc
.
11
wot.
me?
Qno.
able
able
a ta
lis
I?
ver.
101*3
liiia
wis
LESSON IX.
QUAXtlFVING ABjr&CTXVES.
Begfrees of Comparigon.
To form the superlative rclatice put the definite
article before the comparative : Charles est V enfant
le jr^/ws aimable, Charles is the most amiable
child ; Louis est V enfant le moim aimable, Lowis is
the least amiable child.
To form the superlative absolute put trds, fort,
ivr?/, extrdznement, extremely, etc., belore the
positive : it est trda^amable, he is very amiable.
Deux, two
ami {m.}, friend
chien {m.) dog
fidele, fiiithjkbl
chat (m.), cat
6goi8te, selfish
animal (?m.), animal
prfisent ()»,.), present
Noel (m.), Christmas
nous aureus, we shall have
Model Sxercise.
1. Ma soGur^est^elle la plus grande des deux?
2. Non, ta soeur^est tres-grande, mais la mienne
est la plus grande des deux. 3. Le maitre de
mon.ami est^extremement severe, niais le mien
est le plus patient. 4. Le chion est I'animal le
plus fidele. 5. Le chat est_un animal treSi
egoiate. G. Nous^aurons des prcseuts^a Noef.
7. II est le moins riche des deux.
Sxercise 9.
1. We sliall have a present at Christmas.
2. Thy sister is the least clover. 8. Is thy
master the more patient of the two ? 4. No ; my
master is very just, but Charles' master is the
more patient of the two. 6. The dog is very
12
LESSON X.
THE POSSESSIVE AOJECTZVE3.
The possessive adjectives in French agree in
■person with the possessor, and in number and
tjender with the ohjoct possessed.
When there is only one possessor : —
SiNGULAB
7 St
2nd
Srd
1st
2 lid
Srd
person
person
person
Masc.
men
ton
eon
Fcin.
Ulil>
tu
sa
Moaning.
votre
leur
V08
leurs
your
their
Plobal
for both genders.
mes my
tea thy _ .
Bes his, her, its
When there are more than one possessor : —
Singular Piaibal
for both go7iders. /w hoik genders. Meaning.
person notre nos our
person
person
Examples.— One possessor : ma halle, my ball;
raon pere, my father ; mes^oncles, my uncles.
More than one possessor : notre halle, our ball ;
vos frereSf your brothers; levLva^oncles, their
uncles.
Pujfonipenso, rewarded vu, seen
gronde, scolded
HSodel Exercise.
1. Le pere n'a-t^il pas recompense scs fils ?
2. Oui, le pere a recompense ses fils„et sa fille.
8. Les meres^ont^elles gronde Icurs^enfants ?
4. Non, les meres n'ont pas gronde leurs^enl'ants.
5. N'as-tu pas vu ma cousine ? 6. Non, je n'ai
pas vu ta cousine. 7. Avez-vous vu nos plumes ?
8, Oui, j'ai vu vos plumes, mais je n'ai pas vu
UXi9 XATXVS*
fill
13.
m
mber aud
agree
Meaning,
my
*^
thy
his, her, ita
)r : —
Meaning.
our
your
their
, my ball;
ly uncles.
our ball ;
cles, their
SOS fils ?
et sa fille.
j^enfante ?
•s^enfants.
n, je n'ai
8 plumes ?
ai pas vu
18
Exercise XO.
1. He has scolded his children, but he has
rewarded his pupil. 2. Has she seen her sister
and her cousins ? 8. She has not seen her sister,
but she has seen her cousins and my mother.
4. Have they not rewarded their pupils ? 6. No,
they have scolded their pupils and their brother.
6. Has Charles' mother soon her daughter?
7. No ; she has seen her son, but she has not seen
her daughter.
LESSON XI.
irVMEBAXiS.
Cardinal XTumbcrs.
1, un (w.),une (/.) ; 2, deux ; 3, trois; 4, quatro;
5, cinq; 6, six; 7, sept; 8,huit; 9, neuf ; 10, dix;
11, onze; 12, douze ; 13, treize; 14, quatorze;
15, quinze; IG, seize; 17, dix- sept; 18, dix-huit;
19, dix-neuf ; 20, vingt.
Est-ce que (literally, is it that), is used in
asking questions : Est-ce que monfrhre estjci? also
monfrere estciljci ? as shown in Lesson III.
Quel fige as-tu? (what age have j'ai dix^ans (7 have tenyears)
you), hotu old are you ? J am ten years old
Coinbien de, hoio many
bille (/.), ma,rhle
baUe (/.). ^oXl
assiette (/.), fHate
verre {in.), qlasa
plat (m.), dish
Model Exercise.
1. Combien de billes as-tu ? 2. J'ai onze billes
et trois balles. 8. Est-ce quo nous^avons seize
assiettes ? 4. Nous^avons quinze assiettes, treize
vcrrcs et quatre plats. 6. QueLage a Georges ?
14
6. n a huiLans. 7. As-tu vingt^ans ? 8. Non,
j'ai quinze aus.
Exercise 11.
1. How old are you ? 2. 1 am eij^^htccn. 3. Have
we any iiiarbles '? 4, Yes, we have 16 marbles
and 18 balla. 5. Is Charles 19 years old ? 6. No,
he is 14, and his brother is 11. 7. How many
glasses have you ? 8. I have 5 glasses, 2 dishes,
and 12 plates.
CONVERSATION.
La Chambrb a Coucueb,
G. ILest trop tot.
C. Nou, il^est tard.
G. Tu es pressu.
C. Oui, lovo-toi.
G. Tout^a riieiire.
C La,ve-toi.
G. Aprfia toi.
C. Habille-toi.
G. J'ai biou le temps.
The Bedhoom,
It is too early.
No, it is late.
You are in a hurry.
Yes, get up.
Presently.
Wash.
After you.
Dress.
I have plenty of time.
LESSON xn.
XrUMERAXiS.
Ordinal XVumbors.
iBt, premier (m.), premiere (/.); 2nd, second (m.),
eeconde (/.), ordeuxieme ; 9th, neuvieme ; to form
the rest up to twenty add idme to the cardinal
number : trois, ivoisieme ; vingt, vingtieme, etc.
N.B.— Those which end in e mute drop the e:
quatre, qaatricnie.
Before onze, onzu'we ; huit, hmtihne, no apo-
btrox)he is used : le onzieme, le hmiicme.
8. Non,
I. 8. Have
6 marbles
i ? 6. No,
How many
I, 2 dishes,
>noou.
ny.
time.
;cond (w.),
e ; to form
G cardinal
me, etc.
I'op tlic e:
Qnel (w.), w^o*
quelle (/), what
place (/,), place
Pa6e(/.),pa<70
dans, I'n
classe (/.), elas»
lu, read
cbapitro (m.), c^opfer
A7odel Exercise.
1. Quelle place as-tu dans ta classo '> 9 Ta
sms dix-neuviemo et mon cousu. est ;,;inzLe
cnapitre. 5. Charles est le second de sa classn
son frere est le seizieme, et jo suis le Imi Le
6 Georges a lu la dcuxionio page du trciS
Exercise 12.
f^f 'om?^* P"""^ ^'^''^ ^'''' ^e^^^^ ? 2. I have read
CONVEKSATION.
La Chambee a CoucnEB. The Bedboom.
C. Tu seras^cn retard.
G. II n'y a pas de danger.
C. Je me love.
G. C'est cela.
C. Je serai habillg avnnt"toi.
Q. C'eat tr^s-probnble.
C. Je serai pret av.mt tci.
G. Cela m'est^c^al.
You will be late.
There is no danger.
I am getting up.
That's right.
I sJiall be dressed beforeyon.
That's very likc;iy.
I sliall be rpaciy before you,
Iduu'tcui-o.
irt
?, no apo-
I
IG
LESSON xni.
SiNGUIiAE.
18T PERSON. 2ND PERSON.
Nom.
G<n.
Dnt.
Ace,
Kom
Gen.
Dot.
Ace.
Both (jemlrs. IMh geiuiert.
Jc,/ Xn,thou
me, me te, to thee
ine,Tn« te,<Aee
IBtPehson.
JSo^A genders.
nons. we
il, he, it
en, <>/ /»'"»>
0/ if.
lui.fo Wwi,
\e,him,it
Fan. Both gMdii't.
elle. «/»''. »'
en,o/her,o/it
lai,ioher,to y,toit,totnem
it
la, her, U
nous, /o M»
noiis, MS
2NI) PEHSON.
Both gi-mli^rs.
vons, J/OM
vous, to you
vous, 2/ott
3RT) PERSON.
J/rtiC. i^'W-
ils, elles, they
en eu. c/ """»
leur, lew-. '« """^
lea, los, </«'»*
rri^o Ponhmctive pronouns are generaUy plax^ed
vous, are you ?
il. ^a nHP<1 in French in addressing per-
.onr;^r;horfho%I/oaker is on very famUiar
terms.
trh-aimabk, my cousin, you are very am
The e of j., .«., t^. i^. i3 <=»' »« ''^f^^ '^ ™^'^ '
j'aif I iiave, etc.
17
) Y,toii,(otnem
J y voillorai, T.hall see to it chose (Wthhui
liouH y yeilJtiiuus, we shall importiiut, importani
^'^■'^Jo^i yu,sccn
paiic, sjio/cc'tt
Model Exercise.
l.Tonporot^{i-t-il(l()mu'niiboaii]ivro9 2 Oni
il ma doiiiie iin tri's-beuii livrc, H. Leur IW-rc'
lour„a proto ma prammaire. 4. Avoz-vous lea
veiTos, lea plat«_(;fc Ics^assiettcs ? 6. Qui, iioiia
les^avoiis ct lours^amis no les orit pas. G II
iioiis^a domic deux livrcs. 7. Lour a-t-il donue
du papier. 8. Non, il loiir^a doling de.'^ plumes.
_J.JNoiis_en avousparle. La chose esCimportante :
J y veillcrai. ^ *
Ezerclse 13.
1. Has your father rewarded you ? 2. No mv
father has scolded me. 'd. Their sister has' nofc
lent them my book. 4. Had they lent you their
glasses and their plates? 6. No. their friends
iiaa them. 6. I have spoken of it. 7. Had you
Been our brothers ? 8. Yes, we had seen them,
but they had not seen us. 9. We shall see to it.
LESSON XIV.
THE DZSJVSrCTIVE PERSOITAX PROlTOirxrs.
The disjunctive personal , ronouns are thuse
T\'hich are used apart from the verb.
SiNGUIjAB.
2ND Pkuson. sud Person.
Both gmdert. j^a,<,. Fern
to; //wM lui,/i*,« cWc.she
de toi, <\f thee de lui, of him, d'eUc, of her
ofil
ft toi, to ihee A Ini. to him, to U h nlle, to Iter
tOl, tJicli . • .
a.m.
Vat.
1st Petison.
£vth genders.
Moi, /
de moi, of me
k moi, to me
moi, me
lui, htm, it
eiiti, /«T
18
Vat.
Ace.
IBT PKnsnw.
lioth gtmderi.
Kons, tee
d'j noufl, ofnt
i\ nima, to ui
nous, us
JND PKIIHON.
J!t>th gmderi.
VO\lH, V""
do VdTlK, "/ f/OM
A VllllH, <0 you
vouH, you
3nn Trrsok.
nix, cllc.-, "I'V.
tlcux,
a ciix,
cnx,
(I'pllos, of thitn
ft cUos. /" '/I'Vrt
The aefloxlve Pertonal Pronouns.
Ist person : m,, myself; iwm, ourself, ourselve..
2n(l person : te. thyself; r^/., yourself, yourHclvcs.
3rd person conjunctive : sc ; diBjunctive, so*, Uim-
Belf, itself, to himself, etc., etc.
Qui, who
touch6,'foric?iod
avec, with
din 6, dined
rci,^u, recclrcd
lettre (/.), ^«cr
r.), ink
eucre (/.;
Model Exercise,
a (lonn6 un livre h. Charles?
I^Toi.
I if
2.Quim'atouche? Lui. 8. N'ctiez-vous pas.avco
lui? 4. Oui, nou8.(^tioiis avcc lui et avec elle.
5, Avez-vous din6 sans nioi ? 6. Oui, nous.avons
dine sans toi. 7. II a rc(;u une lettre do moi.
8. Elles n'ont pas re9U de lettres d eux.
Sxerotse 14.
1 Had yon not received any letters from me ?
2 Yes wo had received three letters from thee,
ai'ul on'a from him. 8. Who gave you some mk ?
You did {<Ud is to bo left out). 4. They will be
with us. 5. Who touched him ? I did {did is to
he left out). 0. Would he have dined without
tliem ? 7. No, but' they would have dmed witli-
out mo. 8. Thoy had received tv,'o letters from
them.
Id
LESSON XV.
(Simple Tenses.)
INDICATIVE.
{f have, I urn having)
tn as
il '"• olio a
nous^avons
yous^avt'z
iis or elles^ont
IMPERFECT.
(r ^ta^, 7 teas hamng, I used
_, <o have)
J avnis
tu avals
il or elle avait
noui^^avions
yons^aviez
ils or elles^vaient
J'eua
PART DRKrMTB,
(/ had)
tn mm
iJ w c'lle out
voas^entfs
iis^euroat
FTTTURB.
(/ shall have)
J'aurai
tu auraa
il or oUe aura
nous^auroiis
yous^aurez
ils or elles^aurout
J anrnis
tu auraie
il or elle aurait
• • •
qu'a or qu'ellc ait
CONDITIONAL.
PRESENT.
(T should have)
nous^anrions
yous^auriez
ils or elles^auraient
IMPERATIVE.
ritESENT.
(Have [thou])
nyons
ayoz
qu'ils or an'fllloa «;««*
PRKRKNT.
{TluU I may have)
Qw i'aie
{[iw tu aies
(jll'il irt- (jllVllo uit
quo nor,w_^fiy<)iiH
qu'ilb w qu'elloH^dient
SUBJUNCTIVE.
IMrKliFKCT.
{7'/((i* I might iMfe)
Quo j'diikh«
que tn fiisscs
qu'il "/• qii'ille fflt
qn(! nouH^eiiHsidiiH
que vouH_uu^^.sio<s
qu'ils (//• qu'ellbs^eusseut
pnWSliNT.
Avoir {io havo)
II^FINITIVE.
VARTICIVI-B I'ULbKNT.
Ayiiut {having)
Aije, etc.
at^il
avttis-je, etc.
PAnTICIPLK PAST.
Eu (»i.). eue (/.), (''«fi)
INTERKOGATIVELY.
ciis-jo, ('to.
auriii-jo, etc,
aurais-je, etc
NEGATIVELY.
Jo n'ai pas, etc.
je n'avuis pas, etc.
JG n'eus pas, etc.
je n'anrai pas, etc.
je n'aurais pas, etc.
n'aie pas, etc.
que je n'aie pas, etc.
que je u'eusso pas, eto.
n'ayaut pas, etc.
INTEBROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY.
n'aurai-je pas, etc.
n'aurais-je pas, etc.
n'ai-je pas, etc.
ii'avp,is-je pas, eto,
n'eus-je pas, eto.
Bxerclse 15.
Write out all the primary tenses of avuir,
(For tlie primary tenses, see Lesson XYl.)
•«)
i
Keut
NT.
to.
f.
avuir.
21
LESSON XVI.
THB ATrxn.XAUT VERB -AVOIR," ,„ ;,,,^.
(Simple Tenses.)
, All the tenses given in Lesson XV. are calIo<l
Bnnple tenses. Five of them ar calhu ;?rL'r , or
pnnnn.. tenses, because they fo. ,n al £ oZ^'
rho prunar,, tenses are : the Present In' in t vp
«.o Pkksknt PARTicii.r.E, t),e Past Pautic.pIT tho
Pi. SENT Indicative, and the Past Depinite Ind !
pntienre (/,), patience
d«siruis, desired
tonpie (/.), top
Peiir (f.),foar
argent (m.), rdoney
Model Szercise.
1. N'avais.jo pas de livres ? 2. Non, vonn
av,o. <lcs i,Iu,„oa 3. Aie Jo la patience Tjl
desirais que Tenfaut eut.une balle. 5. N-enront
toupies. 7. Si nous^avions de I'argent nous
aunons du pap.er et de I'enere. 8. N'ayez pas
Exercise 16.
1. Have {simjidar) no fear. 2. We had a ball
^i:^{TV'^^r\''''^ ^''^^^ ^/^'/m.'l) some
marbles. 8 Will they have some pens ? 4. Yes
but they will not have any paper. 6. If they ha 1
boohf '1 tT' T^'^ y^^ ^^^^^ 1^^-^ ^ome
that t'h.v' .1 f"l ^'''^'' V^i^^nco. 7. I desired
tliat they might have a top. 8. Will he not
(inseit [-t-J between the verb ami its suhjnrt) h^^Q
if-"
22
CONVERSATION.
La CnAMnuB k Couciikr.
C. C'cBt B'mgulier.
O. Qii'u8-tu?
C. Jo no trouve pas mon^
«<|H>llKO.
O. ('liiicho-la bion.
C J'lii perdu nion savon.
G. Oil pout^il otr.) ?
C. Tn le sais pont::,Ctre.
O. (Jeltt ae pourrait.
TlTR BfT>ROO!«.
TliiH ifl Hinf,'ular.
What in this matter with yoaf
I do not tiud my Bponge.
Ldok for it well.
1 havo lost my soap.
Where can it be ?
You know it, perhaps.
That might be.
LESSON XVII. ^
THE ATTX11.IARY VERB " ETRB," to he,
(Simple Tenses.)
INDICATIVE.
rnKRRNT.
(/ ain)
Je Bnis
tU OS
il or elle est
nous sommes
vouH^etcs
ils or elles sent
IMrKISFECT.
(Ftotis, / used to be)
J'ttais
tu etaia
il or elle 6tait
nous^ctiona
vous_6tie7,
ils or elles^Ctaient
PAST nKFINITB.
(f tons)
Je fu8
tn fna
il or elle fut
nous fumes
von 8 futes
ils 01' elles furcnt
FUTUBK.
{/ shall be)
Je serai
tu sera a
il or elle sera
nous serous
voua serez
ils o>- elles seront
Je serais
tu sornia
il or elle serait
CONDITIOx^AL.
PRESENT.
(r shoidd ho)
noixs serions
vous seriez
ila 01' eliea seraienl
23
IMPERA.T1VU.
(/j'd Ithnu])
R„i«' • • • j«y°"»
q..'ii or qu'ollo «oit qS ,, ^^.^h.^ .^j^^^
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PUKaRNT.
(Thiit I man ^t')
Quo jo Hoia
quo til HoiH
qii'il or (lu'ollo soit
quo iioiis Koyuiis
quo VDiis Hoycz
qu'ilw or qu'ullos aoioiit
PKRSENT.
fitro (to be)
IMPETIPEOT.
(That Tmiijht be)
Quo j<> fUHSO
quo tU fllSHCS
qu'il or (lu'ollo fftt
quo nous fUrtsioliS
que voiiH fussinz
qu'ila or qu'ollori fusser.t
INFINITIVE.
PARTICIPLE PKESBNT,
Ctant {being)
Suis-je, etc.
6tai8-je, eto.
fus-je, etc.
PARTICIPLE PAST.
(st6 (inranahle), (been)
INTl'JUllOGATIVELY.
B»'mi-je, eto.
stTiiis-je, eto.
Je ne suia pna, eto.
jo n'titais pas, etc.
je ne fus pas, etc.
jo ne serai pas, etc.
je no serais pas, etc.
NEGATIVELY.
ne sois pas, eto.
que je ne nois pag, eto.
que jo no fusse pas, eto.
n'otaut pas, etc.
INTEliROCiATlVELY AND NEGATIVELY
no s* rai-je paK, eto,
ne serais-je parf, eto.
No Rii;.s-je ] as, etc.
n'utai,s-je p.is, otc.
ne fus-je pus, etc.
Exercise X7.
^\rito out all the primary tenses of
yi'or uio immavy tenses, nee Lesson XVI.j
etrfi^
21
LESSON xvm.
THB AVXIX.ZAXtV VEZtB « ET»B," <o ?'«.
(Simple Tenses.)
Eemark that there is no first person singular in
.the imperative. Avoir and etr© arc called
auxiliary verbs, hccauae they help in the conju-
gation of other verbs.
Oil, where
demaiu, to-morrow
ici, la, here, there
apres-demain, oift&r to-mor-
row ■
aujourd'^hui, to-day
hiftr, yesterday
avant^hier, the day h(\fin'e
yestevdiiy
content, content
satisfait, satisfied
beaucoup, mttoft.
Model Exercise.
1. Oii seras-tu demain? 2. Je serai ici de-
main et apres-demain. 3. Ne serontcils pas^ici
aujonrd'^lmi ? 4. Non, ils ne scront pas^ici
aujourdLhui. 5. On etiez-vons^hier ? 6. J'etaia
1^ bier et avant^hier. 7. Je desirais qu'ellca
fussent contentes. 8. Sois satisfait. 9. Ne so-
rais-tu pas content si j'etais le second ? 10. Oui,
mais je serais beaucoup plus satisfait si Georges
^tait le premier.
Bxerclse 18.
1. Would they not be content if they were
here ? 2. No, but we should be satisfied if we
were there. 3. Where will you be to-morrow?
not be here to-morrow, but nfter
5. We are here to-day and there
6. Where were they the day before
7. They were there. 8. I desired
that you mi^^ht be here. 9. Let us ])e content.
10. XIo IS iiiucii iiiorc satisiicu txian ais brother.
4. I shall
to-morrow,
to-morrow,
yesterday ?
25
C0NVEB3ATI0N.
La CnAMDRE A ConcHEB. Tms Bbdrooi*.
C. Les^as-tu cache's ?
G. Cela n'est pas^impoa-
siWe.
C. Donne-leg moi vito 1
^. A nno coiulitiou.
C. Lfiquollo ?
G. C'est que tu me rendras
nion peigno,
ma 1)1-0880 A teto,
et ma brosse a Jonta.
Have you hidden them T
That's not unlikely.
Give them to me, quickly !
On one condition.
Whi,;h .?
That you will give me bac!s
my comb,
my linir-bmsli,
and my tooth-brush.
LESSON XIX.
THE AUXIIIART VEI^B ''AVOXS.-
(Compound Tenses.)
This Verb is its tvvn auxiliary.
Compoiind tcmes are formed by adding to the
bcuig coijjugated.
b:
INDIC
PERFECT.
(This tense is formed with
the present indicative of
the auxiUary.)
{/ have had.)
J'ai eu
tu as^eu
il or elle a eu
nous_avons„eii
yous_avez. eu
ils or elles_ont_ea
ATIVE.
PLUPERFECT.
(This tense is formed with
the imperfect indicative ol
the auxiliary.)
(/ had had.)
J'avais^eu
tu avaia_eu
il or elle avait^eu
n(ju8_avions_eu
yous^avicz^cu
ils or elles^avaient^ou
25
PAST ANTERIOR.
(This tense is formed with
the past definite of tue
auxiliary.)
(r had had)
J'euR^eu
ta eus^eu
il or elle eut„ea
nou8_eume3„eu
vou8_e(ites_eu
ila or elle8_eurent,_ea
CONDITIONAL ANTEIUOR.
(This tense is formed witli the preseut conditional of the
auxiliary.)
(I should have had)
J'aurais^eu nons^aurions^eu
♦,i nnmia eu vona_auriez_eu
U oreTleYu^ait^eu Hs or eUes.aaraient.cu
ITTTURE ANTrmon.
(This tense is formed with
the future of the auxi-
liary.)
(f shall have had)
J'aurai eu
tu aura8_ou
il or ello aura eu
nou8_anrou8_eu
vous_iiurez_eu
ila or eUe3_aurout_ea
Exercise 2.9.
Write out all the compound tenses of the in-
dicative of avoir, and explain how tliey uro
formed.
LESSON XX.
TBS AUamXARY VERB "AVOIR." to have.
(Compound Tanses.)
The participle past, one of the primary tenses
(see Lesson XVL), helps to form, with an auxihary
verb, all the compound tenses.
Autrefois, formerly
beaucoup de, wany
prix (»»)'.), lyyize
temps (ill.), iime
yoiture (/.), carriarje
chagrin (w.), sorrow
houheur (oi.), happinesi
6colo (f.), school
courage ("*•), coumae
C.
27
ion.
aed with
le auxi-
ad)
,ea
al of tlia
it ou
[ the in-
,l\ey are
to have.
py tensea
auxiliary
row
ppincst
Model Sxerolse.
o 'ni ^y ^\ autrefois beancoup de livrcs
2 Charles ct Georges auraient.eu du papieY efc
des plumes s'lls^avaient.eu de I'argent 8 Ma
sa3ur.aiira eu de Fcnerc et une plume. 4 Mon
cousm et mon fr^re auront.eu des prix^a VecoZ
m.P vnr"''''''^-'^, ' *''"1^« «i nous^avions eu
une voiture. 6. Elles.auront.eu des chagrrns.
L. rV"""^"'-^^ ^^ ^^^^"^- 8- Vous^au.
riez^eu du courage.
Szerdse 20.
rial'e^ t'^'w ^^^^j^f^ ^^^^ if I had had a car-
riage 2. We would have had many books if we
had had some money. 3. They would have hid
some courage 4. They had had sorrows ionnX
itv. LT """"I ^^'^ '^^^ I'^P^^- 6. She will
have had some happmess. 7. Lewis will have
patic^i^e?'' '' '^" ''^'''^' ^' ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ «°^^
CONVERSATION.
La CnAMBRB A COUCHER
C. Tu crois que je les,
caches.
G. J'en suis sfir.
C. Tu as raison.
G. Je t'ai vu.
C. Tions, les voici.
G. Je te remercie,
C. II n'y a pas de quoi.
G. Maintennnt, voici ton
peigue et tea brosaes.
The Bedroom.
•ai You think I have hidden
them ?
I am sure of it.
You are right.
I saw you.
Take them ; Lore they are.
Thank you.
Don't mention it.
Now, here are your ccmb
and ^our brushes.
nia«
■■ j.irawi»7 >*wMi
28
LESSON XXI.
THE AXrXXr.XA»T VERS "AVOia," to hatm,
(Compound Tenses.)
BU13JUNCTIVE.
rLTJPKRPKCT.
(Tliis tense is formed with
tli(! imporfect 8iil)juuctive
of the auxiliiiry.)
PEBFKCT.
(This tensa is formed with
the present subjanotive
of the auxiliary.)
[Thdt I may htive had)
Que i'aie eu
que tu aies^eu
qu'il or qu'elle ait^eu
que novTs^ayons^eu
q-.ie vous_ayez_eu
qu'ilB or qu'elleB^aient„cu
[That T miijlit have had)
Que i'cusse eu
que tu eusses eu
qu'il or qu'elle cut^en
que nous^eussions^eu
que vous eussiez^eu
qu'ils or qu'elles^cust ent^eu
INFINITIVE.
PEIVFECT.
(This tense is formed with the infinitive present of the
auxiliary.)
Avoir^eu to have had
INDICATIVE PERFECT.
Ai-je eu ? etc.
a-t::,iLeu? 3rd person
INDICATIVE PLUPEUFECT.
Avais-je eu? etc.
INDICATIVE PERFECT.
Jo n'ai pas^eu, etc.
INDICATIVE PLUPERFECT.
Jo n' avals pas„eu, etc.
INDICATIVE PAST ANTKUIOl
Je u'eus pas^eu, etc.
iNTERROGATlVELY.
INDICATIVE PAST ANTEBIOB.
Eus-je eu ? etc.
INDICATIVE FUTURE ANTERIOR,
Auiai-je eu ? etc.
CONDITIONAIi ANTERIoa.
Aurais-je eu ? etc.
NEGATIVELY.
CONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.
Je n'aurais pas_eu, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE PERFECT.
Que je n'aie pas^eu, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT.
Que je n'euBSO pas^eu,eto.
to hav«.
CT.
)rmod with
siihjauctive
lave houl)
it^en
sent of the
: ANTKRIon.
tlE ANTERIOR.
!.
IVNTEEIUB.
,Q.
ANTERIOR.
,eu, etc.
PERFECT.
i^eu, etc.
>IjUPERFRCT.
pas^eu, eto.
29
IS'mCATIVE FUTURE ANTEKIOR. INFINITIVE r-EllFECt.
Je n'uurai pas^eu, etc. N 'avoir jms^eu, eto.
INTEimOGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY.
INDICATIVE PEliFECT. INDICATIVE FUTURE ANTKUIOR.
N'ai-jo paH^eu ? etc. N'aurai-je pas^ou ? etc.
INDICATIVE PLUPERFECT. CONDITIONAL ANTEHIOB.
N'avais-je pas^eu ? etc. N'aurais-je pas^eu? etc
INDICATIVE PAST ANTERIOR.
N'eu8-je ])tt.s^eu ? eto.
ISzercise 21,
Write out the compound tciiscs of tlie subjunc-
tive of avoir negatively and inteiTogatively, and
explain how they are formed.
LESSON XXII.
THE AUXIIXARY VERS ''AVOIR," to have.
(Compound Tenses.)
List OF the Compound Te^es. — Indicative ;
perfect, pluperfect, past anterior, future antenor ;
conditional antericr ; subjunctive perfect and plu-
perfect; infinitive perfect.
The {mX tea
cafe (m.), coffee
pfasum (to.), ■Imposition
tous, all
puuition (/.), 2->unishment
merci, thank you
recompense (/.,) reward
beau temps, fine weather
mauvais temps, bad weather
pluie (/.), rain
vent (m.), wind
indulgent, Icind
Model Exercise.
1. Avez-vous„euduthe? 2. Non, merci, j'aieu
ducale. 8. Louis n'avait-ilpae^eudes pensums?
4. Non, mais nous^aurions tous^eu une punition
81 nous n'avions pas^eu un maitre indulgent.
u. siuc vous.,eubbiLz^eu dcs prix^ct dcs rccom*
so
penses. G. Qu'ila^aicnt^cu beau tompg. 7. Ont-
ils eu mauvais temps ? 8. Oui, ils^ont.eu de la
pluie et du vent.
Exercise 22.
1. Wc have all had some tea, and thoy havo
had some coffee. 2. Had not Charles had a
reward ? 8. Yes ; he had tliree prizes. 4. That
they may havo had a kind master. 5. That you
might havo liad fine weather. (>. Had wo not had
had weather ? 7. Yes ; we had had some rain.
8. They will have had eomo wind.
CONVERSATION.
La CnAMnSiE a Couchkr. The Bedroom,
C. Habillons-nous vito. Let us dress quickly.
G. Oui, d6pechon8-nous. Yes; let us make haste.
C. Je Buis pret. I am ready.
G. Et moi aussi.
C. Tu es plus vif que moi.
G. C'est vrai.
C. On Sonne pour le d6-
jeuuer.
G. Nous ne sommes pas_,en
retard.
And so am I.
You are quicker than I.
It is true.
They are ringing for break-
fast.
We are i t late.
LESSON XXIII.
1KB /LVXZZ.Zil.X£T VERB " STRE," to he.
(Compound Tenses.)
The verb 6tro, to be, forms its compound tenses
with the help of the auxiliary verb avoir, to have,
INDICATIVE.
PERFECT.
(This tense is formed with the present indicative of the
auxiUary.)
(I have been)
J'ai 616 nou8^avons_6t6
tu assets vous_avez_6te
il or eile a 6t& ils or^elles!Iont_6t6
81
7. Ont.
eu de la
lioy liavo
8 had a
4. That
That yon
G not liad
•me rain.
OOM.
kly.
haste.
han I.
for break-
to be^
nd tenses
', to have.
live of tlie
(J Ins tenso is formed with
the imperfect indicative of
the auxihary.)
(I had h^rn)
J'avais_{'to
tu avais_6t6
il or die avait^i'tS
nou8„avi()n8_et6
yous^aviez^ftti
il« or elIesJavaieiit„Ci(5
PAST ANTERIOR.
(Thisteiiseis formed Avilh the
past definite of the uuxi-
hary.)
{I had been)
J'eus^6t6
tu eus^Cto
il or elle eAt^^tS
noup^eflmes^ete
vons^efiteR^ete
ils or elles^eurent Ct6
(This tense is formed with
the future of the auxi-
hary.)
(I shaU have been)
J'anrai 6t6
tu anraa_Ct6
il or elle aura Ct6
nous^anron^^eto
yous_aurez_(Tt6
ils or elles^auront^^tfi
CONDITIONAL ANTEKK.n.
(This tense is formed with
the present conditional of
the auxiliary.)
(/ should have been)
J'aurais_6t6
tu aurais„ct6
il or elle aurnit^^tg
nous^aurions^^tg
youa_nnriez_a6
ils or elles_auraient_6t6
A
Sxerclso 23
cat^fof Til'" ^' <^«^P«"nd tenses of the indi-
cative of 6tre, and explain how they are formed,
LESSON XXIV.
THB AVXIX.IARY VERB "ETRJS," to be,
(Compound Tonses.)
Bonvent, often
tons deux, both
avec, with
longtemps, a long time
en, in
sans, without
parent, jiardiU {m.)
ceul, alone
une fois, once
deux fois, twice
Espagne, Spain
ville if.), town
Italie, Italy
li
82
FloUel Sxerclse.
1. J'ai (5t(5 Bouvout^ Paris aveo mon t,^^,
parents. 8 N.)U8 imnouHMo avcc Geor-r^s si
6011 iHu-o av.iit d',0 A Loiidros. 4. Nous cnl mo.
lois eii Italio, <lei,x fois.en Esrnwne G FuT
en retard tous doux. vous^avez^ete
Bxerdse 2<l.
my brotlicr have boon late.
1. Lewis and _.^ ^^„
*, '., ^- ^ should Imvo been to Italy with mv
mother ,f my father had been to Par ^ iTh^y
lad been a long time alone in France. 5 We
shall have been without our parents, e! You had
Wn olten tl.ero. 7. I have been once to tSe
CONVEBSATION.
La Salle a Man(ikii. t,,., r>,»,
*m„"ar'""' """" "' «°<«1 """toe. papa ..d
Le Pk re. Aaseyoz-yous^ot
d/JJGiinez. ""
La Mkre. Que veux-tu,
Charles ?
C. Un cDuf, s'il vous plait.
La M. Et toi, Georg«g '/
Ci. Une c6tolette, je voua
prie.
LeP. Tu as bon^app6tit ce
THRtin.
O. Oui, j'ui graud'faim.
Sit down and breakfast.
What wiUyou have, Cliarlcs f
An egg, if you please.
And you, George ?
A chop, if you please.
You have a good appetite
this morning.
Xes, I am very hunjjry.
:'
83
LESSON XXV.
THE AITXH.1ARY VERB "BTRB," to t,
(Compound Tenses.)
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PIjUPERPEOT.
" PERFECT.
(This teiiso is formed with
the present subjunctive of
the auxiliary.)
(lliat T may have been)
Que j'tiie etc
que tu aies_et6
qu'il or qu'elle ait_6t6
que nou8_ayoii,s_{H6
que vous_ayez_«'t6
qu'ilB or qu'elles^ieut^6t6
(Tins tense is formed with
tlie imperfect subjunctive
of the auxiliary.)
(That I mifjht have hoen)
Que j'eusse uto
que tu eusses eto
qu'il or qu'«ille eQt^etfi
que nous_eussions„(jt6
que vouH_eu88iez_Ct6
qu'ils or qu'elles^eussent^fitfi
INFINITIVE.
PEHFECT.
(This tense is foimea witli the infinitive present oi tlie
auxiliary.)
(To have been)
Avoir^6t6
INTEKROGATIVELY.
INniCATIVB PEia-ECl'. INmcATIVE PAST ANTERIOB.
Ai-je eto, etc. Eus-ie 6te etn
a- t^U 6t6, etc. * ' ®*°'
INDICATIVE PLUPERFECT.
Avais-je Cto, etc.
CONDITIONAL ANTERIOB.
Aurais-je 6t6, etc.
INDICATIVE FUTURE ANianion,
Aurai-je Cte, etc.
5
NEGATIVELY.
INDICATIVE PEIIPKCX. CONDITIONAL ANTEHIOIU
Jo n'ai pa8_6t6. etc.
Je
n'aurais pas^ctu, eio.
84
INDICATIVE I'MJI'RKKECX.
Je n'uvaia pua^^to, oto.
INDICATIVE PAST ANTEIIIOR,
Je u'tuB ime^uto, etc.
INDICATIVE FUTIJUE ANTE-
KlOlt.
Jen'auraipns^CtC.etc.
INTEEEOGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY.
INDICATIVE PUTUR«
INDICATIVE PERFECT. ^„^„„ "*'
SUBJUNCTIVE PEHKKCT.
Q'lo je ii'aio puH. v.u>, eto.
SUIIJUNCTIVR VLUI-KKKECr.
Que ,ie u'euBSo imH^CiG, etc.
INFINITIVE PRRFEUT,
N'avoir pas^eto, etc.
INDICATIVE PLUPERFECT.
N'avais-je pas^6tC, etc.
CONDITIONAL ANTKRICB.
N'aurais-jepu8^etO,eto.
INDICATIVE PAST ANTERIOR.
N'euB-je pas„ete, etc.
Exorcise 25.
Write out tlie compound Un ^s of the sul.innn
explain how they are formed. i:>^^^y^^y, ana
LESSON XXVI.
Tan Air3Ill.IARY VERB " ETR JS," <0 5..
(Compound Tenses.)
Komark the euphonic t in a-t-i/ euf h«^ T,n
Iiad ? a-t^il etc 1 has he been. ^' ^®
li'ute dernior, Za-sf suinmcr
eucore, ?/et
riji"f r cierninr, la^t \tiinUr
•uci :ique, ii«t(/ti4jn
village (m.), vilUcie
ce matin, «/iis viorning
ptet, reatZ?/
prudent, pnident
tiiuide, timid
B PEIIKKCT.
la. i'W; oto.
I'LUPKKKECT.
IinH_6tc, etc.
PRRFEUTi
i, etc.
PUTUE*
OR.
'it6, etc.
ANTKRI08.
etc, oto.
' snl)jnnc-
^vely, and
to be.
^ has he
I
85
rtodol Sxurelse.
'-'te 1 luvrr .](;iiHor ? 4. Il.a el6 .n JJc-l . noVvvn
^a HUMu-^aino,. 5. N'auruis-tu pan ^1^' u^ ^1H^°
.1 n<n,s^av,ons.ctu avoc Chadis ?' o! j w. f
etc au village co matin si vous^avioz J i i:^
7. QuevouH^eiis.sioz dte plus prudeiif« h n ••!
have been co Belgium "a!t wintt' t^Thafl
leentimKt 6. Hashe not been toBn-lin ^ C No
he lias not yet been to Berlin 7 T r .-i v 1 1 i
brother been to the viHa^'e % Yes li^^f '^''^
tliiB morning to the village. ' ^' ^^^ ^''^
CONVEHSx\TION.
La Satj.k a Manhrr,
La M. Que vcux-tu buiie P
Ct. Du the, s'il vous pla t.
La M. Et t..i aussi, Chailvs ?
C. Non,mtfci,j'aimemieux
lo oaf.'.
liA M. Pre. His garde de te
brulpi
Lb p. ii ttst uud-clij,u(i.
The DiMNo-nooM.
What willyou liave to driukf
S(ime tea, if yon please.
And you too, Charles ?
No, thank you ; I prefer
ooSqo.
Mind you do uot burn your-
self. "
It is ver/ hot.
'e
•ning
SECOND PAHT.
LKRSON XXVII
WTERROi^ATIOI, AI.B X^CrrATlOIT.
■I. io jisk a qiiostioii in Fivnr-li i.,h <i
you spe... ? „,„.vo„a ;„.,„, j„„, j.^^ Jo
brother ^poko he?) did your hroC ^^LiJ'"""
chafed ii'the .So ■? ,t t ouV/ ™',"";"r!.^
brother speak ^ ««""<!/'•«■. quarto; did your
ae />ari r^aTl «» ^ '''''■^ ''^ auxiliary : U
Paite pas, %l u'a pas ^.«,.^J; if tlio i)ronoim
r.
^TlOTT.
»ut t]io j)ro-
^s, ul'ter Uie
:-vous y do
i>u 8i)ok(!n ?
f)n .siij^,MiI:ir
Jon 11 J c verb
iiyiilur ciul-
t on tliu o
f together:
I- noun, ]iut
fiven al)v;ve
i-z7 .i' (yoiir
)cnk ?
usiny: ©3t-
iiothij].^ is
'^ar/a / did
? did your
I '. ne and
ately after
dliary; U
e pronoim
87
books. ' "^^ '""•''. 1 imvo not any
ctc, w„„i,i I,., i;v,?ch,: './':'■ ^""r '"' '^'"■"■''•
did f u., ,1 , '*■'•'"""•' l>arr-t-il >
^I'jer"^^ '"'•' ^^"'^'^^ ^^= ^'--'"-y"/ or
V la Pl'ime d'oio, </,c5ui«
Model Szercisc.
1. Avoz-voiiR donno un canif k mon froro ?
- Non, JO n ai pas do ,; a. canif .\ voire frJro
8. Ion pcro a-t-il dos eleves anjourd'luii ? 4 Nr ,V
il na pas d'elovos uu)ourd'liui T vJo.
vot^o co,.in a e^. lo punier de sa ciaJ V'ff
- TT ExercUe 27.
I j-^^^'^'^^^'^^^^P^J^^^^ my teacher? 2. No-
1 iiavo not spoken to thy teacher ft n . *
4. He has uot «,vc„ any quills to tlio ™ '
6. Uol spoak to tbo dauglltcr or to he c .'i
"notal- ?o, : »y-™ (,..« /,a) ? 8. No; ho
they did uot spealv. "^ ^ *' '''^- '^''^ «
88
LESSON XXVIII.
■BR," tn ffive.
wliich
,y»
nniiiaii ^^
nijiJe: donn-er, t(
sum -er, -e, -ais, are the terminationn.
(For tlie list of primary or primitive tenses, sre
■Lesson XVI.)
simple Tonses.
INFINITIVE.
.m, . . '^f^^ENT. PABTICIPLE PRESENT.
(This tense forms the fntnro rTi.i., + ^ "ii-aiiNr.
^ ^„-i;.„K. , r, ^"""® (1^1"^ tense forms the phira^
indicative and the present
conditional.)
donn-er, to give
of tJie present indicative!,
the whole of the iii.j.rrlcct
indicative, and of the pre-
sent subjnuctive.
donu-ant, iju-ukj
PAnTICIPLE PAST.
•(This tense forms all the compomid tensrs.)
donn-e, (jlcen
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT.
(This tense forms the second
person singular, the first
and the second person
plural of the impe-ative.)
{I give, I ara giving)
Je donn-o
tu douu-es
il donn-e
liuus donn-ons
yons donn-esi
IMPERFECT.
(This tense is formed from
the present p!irlicii)lc l,y
changing ant into ais.
etc.)
{I gave, I vjas giving, I used
to give)
Je donn-als
tu donn-al«
il douu-alt
nous donn-Ion»
vous donn-lcB
ilo Uuuu-aletit
S9
BR," to give.
li does not
r the word
c give ; je
hnn is the
tenses, see
nESENT.
s the plural
in(lic(iti\e,
le iiiijirrlect
of tiio pre-
80S.)
T.
"Dierl frotn
rliciple hy
iiJtu als,
inf/, 1 H&cd
PAST DEFTNITH.
(This tciiHo f(. Tins the imper-
fect tsiibjaactivo.)
(I gavo)
Je donn-al
tu tlonn-as
il donn-a
nous doun-dmes
vous douu iltcs
ils duun-erent
FUTtlR'B.
(This tense ia formed from
the present infinitive by
adding to it ai, etc.)
(I shall ijii'c)
Je donn-er-al
tu donn-er-as
il donn-er-a
Tions donn-fjr-ona
vuU8 douu-er-ez
ils duim-or-ont
Exorcise 28.
Conjn,!7P,to as above tlie following verbs
to love ; piui-or, to speak.
aiin-QT.
LESSON XXIX.
THS FIRST con-jrircATiori.
(Simple TsRsep.)
Tliere are four coiijui^'ations in French ; they
are known by the termination of tlie infinitive.
The 1st ends in er, donn-ev, to give.
The 2nd ends in ir, fni-ir, to finish.
The 3rd ends in oir, rt'cev-oir, to receive.
The 4th ends in re, roitip-ro, to break.
N.B. — The past participle used as an adjcctivo
agrees with the noun : la le<;tm n/yUfjro, the
nerlcctcd lesson ; remark that it comes alter the
noun.
La logon, the leQon
pail-er, to speak
noL^liL^-er, to ncrjlcnt
laoiic (ct/ttic the n'"".u1i, easy
le theme, the exercipo
la version, the translition
C(>rri"'-or, to covvi^ci
duciiu-tT, to tear up
40
Model Szerotse*
^. L cu6ve parlait au maitre. 3. Si nons ne^li-
poiis la version, le maitre nous donuc-rait des
ensums. 4. Le maitre de Charles donm un
theme facile aux Aleves. 5. Us con-ir.6ron ma
version. 6. Je dcchirerai le th^me coi^igl
Sxercise 29.
2 Th.^tn*r "P ^^^- neglected translations.
«. ihe pupils will speak to the masters 4 If
you neglect the easy exercise, you will have' an
imposition. 5. My master ^ild tear uT my
ana the exercise.
CONVERSATION. ^
La Salle a Manokh. The Dinijig-koom.
La M. Passe le sel a ton Pass the salt to yoiir father.
pure.
Le p. Passe-moi le beurre
aussi.
La M. Donne-moi ta tasse,
Charles.
G. Merci, jo n'ai plus soif.
C. Je voudrais bien une pe-
tite cuiller.
G. En voilf\ nne.
C. Oil done?
G. Pros de ta soucou|)e.
Pass me the butter also.
Give me your cup, Chnrlea.
Thank you, I am no longer
thirsfy.
I should' like a tea-spoon.
There is one.
Wliere (then) ?
Near your saucer.
41
IS iiecfli-
rait des
3niia un
rent ma
e.
slations.
iie class.
. 4. If
jave an
up my
nslation
OOM.
IT father,
also.
IJhnrlfis,
• longer
poun.
Je donn-er-als
tu doun-e' t.; ;*
il douu-e' 5:.*
LESSON XXX.
TKE rntsT cowjiroATio»r "doto br,. t, ,i,^
(Simple Tenses— cr)nfin?t«d.)
soi^XVIo' ^'"'''''^ ""'* Pi-imitive tenses see Les-
CONDITIONAL.
PUESENT.
(This tense is formed fmm «ie present infinitive by adding
(/ should give)
nous donn-er-lon«
yous donu er-lez
ils donn-e>.aleat
IMPERATIVE.
PRESENT.
^'^nL*!?''' '' ^""""^^ ^r"^ *^« l^^«««"t indicative by droD
o"fi f pronouns for tbo second person sfngiSr anj
the first and second persons ulural Tl.« m ;!• 1
are borrowed from tho^resent'sni^unctlveV ^'''"'''
(Give [f/iouj)
r\' ' ' * * * * donn-ona
^'?'":« donn-ez
qu II donn-o ^^.jjg a,,^^.^^^
"^■^•Tr"^^.*^ ®^°^"^ P^^«"" sini^^nlar never haa
an s m tlie imperative of tlie first conjugation
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
(This tense iu formed from the participle present bychang.
iTig ant mto e, &c.) J' » S
(TAat r JM01/ (/w'e)
JriitlT:!. <inenonsa„nn...«
aonii-
qu'il doun-o
qu'ils donn-ent
42
IMrEBFECT.
(This tense is formed from the past definite indicatiye by
adding to the second person siuguiar se, &o.)
{That r might give)
Qne je donn-asse qne nons donn-asslona
quo tu donn-asses q„e vons .lon.i-assioz
qu'il donn-at qu'iLs donu-assent
Note that the thi]-d person shigular of this tense
always ends m t.
INTEEEOGATIVELY.
Dnnnfe-Je etc donnal-je, etc.
doune-i-il (third person) donnerai-io etc
donuai«-j,^, etc. doimerais-je, etc.
NEGATIVELY.
Je .le donne pas. etc. ue donne pas etc
je ne donnais pas, etc. qu'il ue donne pas etc
je ne donnai pas, etc. q„e je ne dojinasse pas,* eto.
]e no donneral pas, etc. ne douuant pas etc
je no donnerals pas, etc. '
INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY.
Ne donne. je-pas, etc. ne donnai -je pas, etc*,
^e douuo-t. il pas, etc. ne d(.nnerai-je pas, etc
ne donnais-je pue, eLc. ne douuerais-jo pas. etc.
XSxerdse 30.
Conjugate as above chant-er, to sin*'
LESSON XXXI.
xae FXRST coigjiTGATZoir.
(Simple Tenses.)
Remark that the second person singular of tlie
imperative present has no s in the first coni liga-
tion, domi-e ; that the e of the termination Iikos
an acute accent in the first person singular iiuhcu-
43
tlr'tlnrf ^"*^"'^^^*i^f.y. dom.6.jef and that
Le professcur, <7ie tencher
la traduction, <7«<3 translation
le devoir, </ie <asA;
la faute, the mistake
difficile {a/<er the noun),
difficult
le morceau, the piece
le con;;e, <//e holiday
rooiter, to recite, to say
Model Xxerdse.
illffi ^"""^ professcur iie aoniic-t-il pas dcs devoirs
difficiles ? 2. Noil, il donne dca themes et des
versions faciles 8 Corrige les faXs de ma
traduction 4. Ne donne-je pas un morceau de
papier a Charles. 5. Non, tu ne donnes pas do
morceau de papier. 6. Qu'il ecoutat la leJon du
fautes '' ^' "''''^ i-ecitions la le9ou sana
Exercise 3X.
1. The master would give a holiday if Charles
and Lewis said their lessons without mistakes!
A iiie teacher would not give a difficult task.
». (jive easy translations. 4. Does he not
correct the mistakes of the exercises ? 6. Yes
he corrects;^the exercises and the piece of transla-'
f ; Pm, ^ "^'-^'^ «^y i^y lesson to tlie
teacher 7. That he may speak to his hrothci!
«. ihat we may not tear the paper.
CONVEESATION.
La Sali.e a Maxgeu.
C. Mcrci, je I'ai trouvce.
G. J'ai lini de dejeuner.
C. Et moi anssi.
La M. Emportez qnolqiie
f^hose « xiiaiigcr.
C. Qui, |)om' noire gouter
TjIE DiNING-EOOSf.
Thauii you, I have found it.
I liuve done my breakfast.
So have I.
Take soinethinR to eat.
Yes, for our lunch.
! 1
I
;(■■-■*
44
LESSON xxxn.
Taa PIB3T COKTOruOATXOl^ "BOra-lSB,H fo ,*„«.
(Compound Tenses.)
The auxiliary verb of donn-er is avoir.
TJie past parfcicii.lo donn-6 helps to form witli
tlie auxiliary verb all the compound tenses!
INDICATIVE.
PEnPECT,
(This tcnso is formed with
tho prfsent indicutivo of
the auxiliary.)
{I have given)
J'ai doime ;
tn as doune
il a doniie
nous avons donn6
you8 avoz donue
ils out donne
PAST ANTERIOR.
(TJiis tenso is forniod with
the past definite of the
auxiliary.)
(7 had ijiven)
J'eus donne
tu eus donne
il eut donno
nous edmes donnS
vous outes dunne
ils eureut doune
PLUPEKFKCT.
(Tills tense is formed with
the imperfect iudicutive
of the auxiliary.)
(/ had given)
J'avais doune
tu avais donne
il avait donne
nous avious donno
yous aviez doune
ils avaieut doune
FUTUKE ANTEIUOR.
(This tenso is formed with
the future of the auxi-
liary.)
{I shall have given)
J'aurai donne
tu aui-.'is doune
il aura donne
nouH aurons donufi
yotis aurez donne
ils aiu'ont donne
CONDITIONAL ANTERIOR.
(This tense is formed with the present conditional of tho
auxihary.)
45
fixordse 32.
^~!t ST' *^^"^ ^^ *^^ -^-«ve of
LESSON XXXIII.
THE FXR6J, CO»JUCATXOW.
(Compound Tenses.)
gtudi-er, to study
la grammuiro, the grammar
mieux, bolter
la paroisso, pan'sZi
qnand, when
pecher, tojish
riiameyou(w.,7iwu<c),^oo&
I'argeut (m.), money
le pauvro, poor
admirer, to a^Zmtre
le huros (/i as^.), /tero
lliCromc(/.,/,„,ufe),;io'mna
ce (m. stnr,.), «„«
le conte, tale
Mode] Szerclse.
aurou« coiTig^ k" vemiZ l, T'' ^- ^o™
domiis le devoir 4 r„™ -^^^"^ ™"'' ''"■'''^
de Louis 6 f ■«,;/ ™ f I'.?"'"' *™<' ''hamecon
n.«-oiue dTrcont. ^' ""' ^"^"-^ '^ ''^^^ '''
Eziercise 33,
they h^/LT'iili"! Hef «'- ?r-mar if
bettor to-day. 3 Th^v^inf, '""'■ '^'^ l*^^^™
to the poor of the parish 4 H?1^T- '^""^^
hook to Geori'e % wrv. a , ?""• 8'veu tlie
audtheLerointrftlisYl fi^^r^'^'' *''" ''<^™
here yesterday. ^' ^'^'^ '">™ f^hcd
f»
La Sam.b a Manoku.
G. TOmportouH dii juiju.
C. Avtic! do 111 conlitiiro.
La M. Einpnrtez plutot dou
sandwiciia.
(t. Cela vauJia luioiix.
Le r. Avez-vouH toiiH voH
livres ?
C. Oui, nous Igs avom tons.
Lb p. Paitez-vito, il est
temps.
0. & G. Adieu, a ce Boir.
4a
OONVEIIHATION.
TlIR DlNTNO-IlOOM.
Lot tiH tako souio broad.
With some j^n.
You iiad bettor take souio
HlllldwIchfcH.
Tliat will bo butter.
Have you all your books f
Yes, we have tli(!m all.
Start quick, it is time.
Good-bye, we shall gee yoa
this evening.
' LESSON XXXIV.
THIS rZRST COZV^UGATZOW.
HONNHK, to i/ii 6,— Compound Tenses.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PLUPERFECT.
PERFE(.T.
(This tense is formed with
the present subjunctive of
the auxiliary.)
(That I may have given.)
Que j'aie donn6
que tu aies donnfi
qu'il ait donnfi
que nous ayons doiinfi
quo vous aj'ez donn6
qu'ils aient donnu
(This tense is formed with
the imperfoct subjunctive
of the auxiliary).
(That I might have given.)
Quo j'eusse donnfi
que tu eusses doung
qu'il efit donn6
que nous t issions donnS
quo vouH eiisHii / donn6
qu'ils eusaent dona6
INFINITIVE.
PEllFECT.
(This tease is formed with tlio infinitive present of the
auxiliary.)
(To have given.)
Avoir dunu4
■: I
47
INDIOATIVE PEUi'KOX.
Ai-jo dniiiu'.etc.
a-t-il (loiiuc, etc.
INDICATIVK PAST ANTKUIOR.
Eu8-je donue, etc.
IN'HOIIKOGATIVELY.
INDICATIVE rLUPEIiFECr.
Avuis-j* dounO, etc.
INDICATIVE FDTCnE ANTEniOR,
Aurui-je douue, etc.
INDICATIVE PETIFECT.
Je n'ai pas duunu, etc.
INDICATITK PAST ANTEIUOB.
Je n'eus pas donne, etc.
CONDITIOMAL ANTEKIOIJ.
Je ii'auiais pas donn6, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPEHPIiCT.
CONDITIONAL ANTKItlOR.
Aurais-je donn6, etc.
NEGATIVELY.
INDICATIVE PLOPEnPECT.
Je n'avais paa dounu, etc.
INDICATIVE FCTUIiE ANTEHIOR.
Je n'aurai pas donnC, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE PEPFECT.
Que je n-aie pas dounfi, eto.
INFINITIVE PEItFECT.
Q„ . , '• INFINITIVE PEItFECT
ue je n'eusso pas donue, etc. N'avoir pus donn6, et':
INTEEROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY
INDICATIVE PEKFECT. INDICATIVE PLUPERFECT.
i l-aa uount, e.c. N'aurai-je pas donu6, eto.
CONI)[TIONAI, ANTERIOR.
N'aurais-je pas donu6, eto.
Exercise 34.
Write out tho compouiid tenses of the mhUma.
43
LESSON XXXV.
TBB rZKST CON JUOATZOar.
(Compound Tenses.)
Vers-or, to pour la taHse, the cup
/envers-er, 1 1" '^^\ }« ^''^\ *^^« «?»^^* .,
-^ ' (to upset le c(mt(mn, tho kntfe
coup-er, to cut
pici)ar-er, to prepare
tromp-er, to deceive
Itiiss-er, to leave
cetto (/.), this
leB ciseaux, thi', scissora
la souconpo, ilio saucer
la porto, the door
ouverto (/.), (I'pen
ferm-er, to shut
\
Model <S!zeroi8ea
1. As-tu versddu the dans cettetasse? 2. Oui,
et j'ai roiiverse du lait dans la souconpo. 8. Aviez-
voiis coupe le papier avec un couteau ou avec des
ciscaux ? 4. Nous avous dechire le papier.
6. Qu'ils aiont prepare la version. 6. Que voua
n'eussiez pas trompe le maitre. 7. Est-ce que tu
as ferme la porte ? 8. Nou, j'ai laisse la poite
ouverte.
^ Szerdse 35«
1. Had you not left the door open ? 2. No, wo
liad shut the door. 3. That they may not have
deceived their teachers. 4. That he miglit have
prepared his exercises. 5. If I had had a knife I
should not have cut the paper with the scissors.
6. Has he torn the book? 7. No, he has not
torn the book ; but he has upset this cup and
this saucor. 8. I shall have poured some milk
into the glass.
49
Dans la Rub.
0. Preiioua un cheiuin plus
court.
G- Oiii, paasona par 14.
J^. Cdtt nous rocconrcirft.
J:^- Y^ beaucoup, je crois.
y Jo ue lu'y rocuunuis plug.
O. Nous nous somuies
f-v;aroB.
C- II faut nous renseigiif^r
Ci. Demanded ce njonsiour.
CONVERSATION.
0. Oui. ii a i-aix comma ij v ' "^^«,^°"tJ«"^an.
tuixt. """"^ ^ ^63, he looks geatlemauly.
In Tiir. SrriKRT.
Let us tuku a biiurior way.
Yoa.Iet us^To tli^it -vay.
It wiIJ shorten our wny
By a good deal, 1 thiuk.
1 no l.HlytT Kuu.v ,j,y ^^.
We have lost ourselves.
S S"'* ^'* /^f^rmation.
AhJ£ this gontJoman,
LESSON XXXVT.
TBS DBPimTB AaTTCI.B WITH ««,,..
Tim 3P03333S1VB cI?B? ' "^'"^
(-SVc Lessons IV. and V )'
Instead of du, de la de i'
sonie or any by de or d'— ' °®®» transi.ite
Tbs book belorfTo <-^ ^i,. ., /
OMar nuitres. ' " ^"^ "lasteiu: ce lure est
eo
Le pn)n, tlit hrtaH
on, good
anssl, of 80
beau.yino
le cerceau, the hoop
Model Bxercise.
1. H n'a pas do couteau pour couper le pain. 2. Co
«outeau est-il k Charles ? 8. Non, ce contcau GBt
a Louis. 4. N'avez-vous pas eu de hous livros ?
6. Qui, et nous avons eu aussi do bean papier.
6. Ces balles sont-elks aux eufauts ? 7. Non,
cllcs soiit au maiLro. 8. Co corceau estarenfuiit.
Szerctse 36.
1. Have thoy not had fine pnper ? 2. Tlioy
havo had fine paper and good bdolcs ? 8. Tiiis
book belongs to the child. 4. These balls aio
(feorge's. 5. He had no Bcissors to cut the pa]ier.
6. My brother's pens are here. 7. The cousin's
(/.) money is there.
CONVERSATION.
Dano la Rue.
O. Pardon, Monsieur ?
Le Mon81i:ur. Que voulez-
vous, cher enfant ?
G. Voudriez-vous avoir I'o-
bligeauce de nous in-
diquor le cliemin du
lycee ?
In tuk Stpeet.
I beg your pardon, Sir ?
Wliat do you want, my dear
child?
Would you have tlie kind-
ness to show UB the way
to the school?
LESSON XXXVIL
TOUMATxovT or mvriiffiNB x^ovirs.
(See Lesson VI.)
If the masculine noun ends in er, add an e
mute, and put a grave accent on the e befoi-e tho
r to form the corresponding feminine noun : i'eco-
lier. tlie school-liou • /'/W./;a^« ^Uq o^i — i -• ,i
oop
ain. 2. Ce
mtcau est
IS livrcH ?
u papior.
7. Non,
I reiifuiit.
2. Tliny
8. Tlii3
balls aio
ilie pa]ior.
> cousin's
PEET.
n, Sir ?
it, my 'loar
) the kind.
IB the way
[7173.
idcl an e
•efore tlio
m : i'eco-
M
^
61
into "1""""'""° "'"'" ™^' ™ •"• "''""B* •»:'
Principal exceptions : —
Ma 90.
tiyrr
prof fiitc
hate
pe'cJiPur
chasseur
---"-' arfrur art rice
ambassador, amhassa.frur anihcmadrice
• c«^i«««'icc (/.) IS a professional singer.
nerfro,
tiger,
propliet,
liost,
sinner,
hunter,
actor.
FfiM.
n(';/resse
tifiresse
prophc'tt'sse
hotcsse
pe'chereaae
cliasst>n..'ie
(trtrice
Tu-er, to kill
eiitoiuhi, heanl
ouvrior, workman
travuill-er, to work
V^cheur, fisherman
pecb.-or, to fish
dem/ni(l-cr, toaskfhr
pardon, pardon
le poissou, the fish
Model Exercise.
^uiKiuicc 3. i^a portiere a ferme li nmfo
4. L'ouvriere a travaiJL'^ iri r t « 1 ^ * '
uu poissou. 6. La pecberes.o a dcniande pardon.
*^xercl»e 37.
hav; HIl! 7^'!^/^^" ^'^^] ^^ot worked here. 2. Tlioy
nave Jvilled a tiger andn tjfnp^s ft rn f"^"
would „ot Imvc abut the door! ■^'''•' ^""'■"''
Give tlie meaning of inrl +^,^ *„ • •
co,«sp„mlm« to : ^;;,?;.ri, !/7."'?'™ """»'
y
jl "T ^ i
52
Dans la Edb.
La Monsieur. Trfis-volon-
tiers. Prenez la pre-
miere rue a droite, puis
la troisidme a gauche,
et vous verrez le lyc6e
en face do vous.
C. et G. Nous vous remer-
cions bien, Monsieur.
0. Enfln, nous y voiln !
G. Et nous ne sommes pas
en retard.
CONVERSATION.
In the Strert.
The Gentleman. Very wil.
HnRly; take the first tam-
ing on the right, then the
third on the left, and you
will see the school opposite
you.
Thank you very mucli, sir.
At last wo have got there t
And we are not late.
LESSON XXXVIII.
THS PX.VRa& XN WOXJKa,
(See LESSON III.)
If the noun ends in the singular in s, x, or z
It will not change in the plural :— . '
le,fils, the son les ftl&, the sons
la voix, the voice les voix, the voices
^ nex, the nose les nez, the noses
If the noun ends in the singular in au or eu.
add X to form the plural : Z. /.a^.au, the boat ; fel
bate^nx, the boats ; le jeu, the game ; les jenr.
tlie games. ./''**--'
The seven following nouns, ending in ou, take
an X m the plural :~ -
le hijou, the jewel l^s hijoux
le caillon, the ]>ebble les ca:/ioiix
le c/iou, the cabbage les rhovLx
le //^'/<ou, the Inieo les amonx
U hiboa, tho owl ks /aYvcux
C
I
lERT,
Very wil.
first tara-
, then the
t, and you
ul opposite
mcli, sir.
:ot there I
ate.
E, or z,
368
!8
or eu,
•at ; //?#
u, take
63
^ Joiijou the toy lesjoujonx
^^T^ou, the louse les poux
rul^anf n ^^^^"«^^^]"^S:in ou follow the general
rule, and take an s : ^^ don, the nail- /^^ rW
1^0 nail. ; /. r^rrou, the bolt; L. vj^it '
bien, ivell
le lis, lily
la noix, nn,t
au phiricl, in the phwal
chaug-er, to chaujv
Acliet-er, to hwj
jo chemin, the road
la bottine, the hoot
lo chdtcau, «/6c' «as«?fl
niagmfique, ma'inificmt
pouss-er, to yroiv
Model Bxorcise.
1. La marquise a achofce des bijoux 2 Lp«
h' ^^u^^^r '^r^^^" ^°'^^^"^^ ^- »^^^""-- ^. c
cii.ite.iux cfciiient magniliques. 4. Cos icnx rm
sont lus dan,creux. 5 A. choux pouss^Int bion
lull'. ^ ^- °'^ "^ 1^'^^ ^^ v^"-ou«- 8. L'en.
Icut n a pas de joujoux.
Cxerclsu 33.
fic^ut^^'^ *'?r^' ""^ ^'^/i marchioness are mai?ni.
houit. 2. Hero are three owls on the hed-e
8. There are the boats. 4. I have some lilies.
Give the plural of joujox, feu Cfire) clou «^>
CONVERSATION.
L\ Clarsr.
Le Maithe. Eutrez et as-
Beyez-vous. Charles,
f liics I'appd,
C. Monsieur, 'tout le monde
I'st pvi'sent.
Le M. C'est la premiere
fois depuis longtempa
qu'il u'y a paa un 8._ai
abijtiut.
The Class.
Come in, and sit down.
Cliades, call over.
Sir, everybody ia present.
It is the first time for a lone
time tiiat there lias ml
bov'U a oiii-Iu abboutue.
1!^
LESSON XXXIX.
THE PX.VRAX. XN NOUWS.
Tf the noim ends in al in the singular, chan-o
fioise ; Ics chei-aux, the horses.
le /^all, tlie lease
Z6' corail, the coral
^V';y?ail, the ciir.mel
le suiipirail, the air-hole
le travail, the work
le vantail, the leaf of a door
le vitrail, a stained glass
wmdow
les baux
les nuaux
les <;///aux
Ic's aoiipirSLVLX
las tracQ.\xx.
les va)Uia,uT
les vitrsLux
rJt}^^"'^ rr' ''"'^'"" '° »" <■«"<>" «'« gene
Bris-er, fo break
la cave, i/ie ceiittr
cos, these
troj), too ?Ht{c7t
terminer, to terminate
cette (/.), thi.fi
I'egiise (/.), i/,e c^turc^
g('nCral, <ionoml
court, s/io>-t
l^odel fixeroise.
1. lis ont ^ns6 les gouvernails des bateaux
2. Ces caves ont des soupiraux trop petits T Th,*
n ont pas termine les travaux. 4.^Le 4'aux da
cette eghse sont magnifiques. 6. Les Saux
65
osLl, tJie
low tlie
raux
lUX
lux
ux
3 geno-
udder,
ch
teanx.
3.118
luxde
eraux
Exercise 39. *
1. Thoy have broken the mamiificont stalnr.,!
glass windows. 2. These bo-,A Wn ^T
nid(h»rK q ^n • , ^^^'^ ,."°'^ts have not any
1^4 Tl ?, ^'''■}f^^' 0^ tl^c«e cellars are too
h Wel'Jr?! ""'^ f "^ ^^^^r ^^^•^^^i^'^tcJ the works.
♦^. W e had ordor-d horses for the generals. 6 Wo
liad not very shor;. leases. ^^
C.
En Classe.
CONVERSATION.
n y a mOme
un cleve de plug.
Le M. Qui, c'est un noi' -eau.
C. Ou faut-il qu'il sei)lace?
Le M. II faut qu'il prenne
la derniore place.
Kamasscz lua devoirs
Geergos. *
In Class.
There is eveu
one pupil more.
Yew, he is a new boy.
Where must he place him-
self?
He must take
tlie last place.
Collect the exerci^sos,
George.
LESSON XL.
THE PlURAl IW KOms,
The follownig nouns hive two plural forms
each having a different meamng : '
I'aieul, the grandfather |!"^ ^^'ioux, the ancestors
(les ateula, the grandfatherp
Icciel heavfln (!^^ cieux, the heavens
wcioMieaven Jes ciei., bed-tester., skies in
V pictures
rojiZ.theeye.. fj^s W, the eyes
^ -j^es (bJ« in oeils.d^i.hosuf, oval
^ windows
Li f*.«,./, 1 f ^'''^ ^^^''^nx, the works
^'* 1 '«s <'mai?», a miniKter'H reports.
( Diakea fur siioeing Uoiaoa
Ill ;
i
4
60
IlluBtre, ilhtstrious
le cHevalier, the knight
pf rdu, lost
le meme jour, on the same
aa/y
vioieux, ricimis
Bombie. dark
d('8 iiiiJliers de, thousands of
clifimp, Jiuld
briJl-er, to shine
ses, liis or her, before a plural iioim.
Model Sxerdse.
2. Lllo a perdu ses deux aieuls le m.'me jour
les cieux. 6. Les bestiaux sou:: duns le cli.mp.
Exercise 40.
1. His ancestors were uot very ilhu^ ^'ons
2 He Lad lost his two graudfatiirs. i", 1^, ' '
cattle were not m this field yesterday 4 m^
eyes are very small. 6. The hca,vons/thr. LS
for shoeing horses, the oval windows, the bed-
CONVERSATrON.
En Classe.
G. Monsieur, il y & deux
Cloves
qui out laiss6 leur devoir
chez eux.
Lr M. lis copieront cent
fois:
•• Clioz moi, Chez toi,
Cliez eux, oliez iui.'»
In Class.
oir, tlu re are two boya
(piipiJs)
who liave left their task
They will copy a huu-7. ^
times :
•'At my home, at thy L.^.n^
At thfcu- home, at hi-, ho; ■ ,••
67
•: ous. .
TJie
1. His
bod-
i, tlio
LESSON XLI.
Formation of the remiulne.
{See Lesson VII.)
If tlie a(|jcctivo ends in el, eil, en, on, et. ot.
Masc,
Cruel
pareil
ancien
ban
vntct
grus
cruel
alike
ancient
good
drinib
big
Fern,
cruelle
parcille
ancirnne
bonne
ntueite
r/rosce
TheMhvnnp; adjoctivrH liave two forms for the
n^asculme, the oi.o used before a noun bo^u..;;'
It J conso).aut or an h a.spirate, v. [ the other
latter tluit they form their feminine :—
.p , ^^""'- Masc.
(before a consonant or (Before a vr.wel or h
h aspirate.) ^^te.)
beau, beautiful, hand- id '
some
noureawnew „„„^g,
/OM, foolish, mad - a,;
form"!""' *™''°' """'''' J°"»«»»». fro"" an old
Fern.
La femme, the woman
I'hommo, the wan
I'arbio (ni.), i/t,^ i,tJ8
le en dean, the gift, the present
invit-er, to ini-ite
rami, the Si lend
Kf*^
II I I .«
1
III
6d
XModel Exercise.
1. La tigresse est trcs-cruollo. 2. CVtte malsoa
estfor aneierme 8 La plumo n'est p,s bonne.
nomiio. 6. Voici nn viol arbro. 7 Loiii^ ...;•
un fol enftrnt. 8. Sa scour est tW-s-vi^U^ ^ "
ccn..noostf^>rfcboUo.O. Voici uabe.u^^^^^
lu. oiiurlcs ava;); mvite son nouvel ami,
Exercise 41.
1. Mv aav^ fnoiid w^;! invite Geor-o. 2. Tliev
will givo a bctatifui present to liis fatlier. 3 Mv
cousm U.J . . aot old, slie is young and be.utitul
tl^v'o '''t'^^T' ^"^^- '- ^^^^^^ i« '^ very
old tree. 0. lins church is very ancient. 7 Thv
very good '"^ ^ ^' '^''''- ^^ ™' '^^^ '^ ^^
LESSON XLIL
rormation of tlio Peminiae,
er^?«r™//'' ^'"'"^^/'' ^^' adjectives ending in
er ier, add an e mute, and jjut a grave nccent
on the e preceding the consonant : /ier! proud
nine in ff r"'^ adjectives in et form their femi-
nine in the same way :
Masc.
conipi'et
concret
discret
replet
secret
Fern.
covipliite
discrete
inqtribtQ
replbte
secriitQ
complete
concrete
discreet
uneasy
replete
secret
to
8;i
If the atliGctive ends in f in the masculino,
clmn.^e f into v, and add an e niuto : href, brief,
Uem.)l>rdve; nf, quick, (Jhn.) vive; nei^f, new,
(ji'm.) veuve.
If the adjective ends in x, clinnge x into s, and
add an e mute : jaloux, jralouH, (Jem.) jalouae :
heurrux, liappy, (/W.,,.) A,-,//v'//so.
La liinKiio, the lammncjo ili'.j.i, aW,r7v
malheuioux, unhai^py actif, (<c<ue
Model Exercise.
1. La scour do Cliarles est tres-fiere do s^g
Ijijoux. 2. La mere ctait fort inquieto de scs Ills.
'6. r^ous parlous unelangue etrano-ore. 4. Ma
cousine est jalouse de sa sanir, ct'elle n'cst i)as
iicurcuse. 5. Est-ce que ta yrammaire neuvo est
complete ? G. Nou, ma grammaii-c neuve est deia
tres-mcomplete.
Exercise 4?,.
_ 1. Is lliis page complete? 2. No; it is very
incomplete. 3. My sister is jealous of her cousin,
and my con^sni is very unhappy. 4. His mother
'"' ' ' • ^ They did
She was very
IS very old, but she is very active. 5.
G.
not speak a foreign tongue,
proud of her present.
CONVERSATION.
En Classb.
Le M. Maintenant, fermez
vos livres ;
vons allez reciter vos le-
mons.
Robert, levez-vous;
tenez-vous droit,
etrfipoudez a ines ques-
tions.
Egbert. Monsieur, je ue
wuii7 ^esa mS, iuCuU.
In Ci.Afig.
Now, shut your books;
you are going to say your
lessons.
Robert, stand up ;
stand straight,
and answer my questions.
Sir, I do not know my loa-
BOU.
CO
'b
I ii!
LESflON XL 1 1 1.
QVAZiZrYXXOrO ABTSCTXVSS.
X*onnatlon of tbe Feminine.
If the atljcctivo oikIs iii eur, cliange eur into
euso to foriri tlio fciiiiniiio ; injuipoar, deceiving,
{.h'm.) troiHiJoaae ; Jluttoar, Mattering, {/em.)
jIatteuBe.
The following, in eur talco an e miito:
meillenr, bettor, {/fin.) uuulleure : —
mfillcnr, beilor, inUhienr, interior
majciir, major extcrienr, exterior
viineni'y minor anUrienr, anterior
8U}H'rimr, Hupcsrior posUneur, posterior
infcrimr, inferior
The following take ice :—
Muse.
accmateur accusing
protcctenr protecting
Tlie following take ease : —
Masc.
venijeur avenging
enchanteur charming
La sienue, his
111 leur, theirs
la lumieie, the light
le pays, the country
Fom.
accii.safrlce
protectrico
Fcm.
vertf/creB&o
enchantere&so
8anv-er, to save
implor-er, to implore
la puissance, the power
causeur, talkative
XHEodel Bzercise.
1. Ma plume CHt meilleurc que la sienne. 2. La
version de CbarloH est supMeure a la leur. 3. Cetto
lumiere est trompeuse. 4. Cette cantatrico a une
voix enchanteresse. 5. II a implore sa puissaiica
protecti'ioe. C. Elie n'est ^jas catiseuse.
l'%
61
3S.
eur into
eceivin;^,
, {/em.)
I muto :
or
ior
ii'ior
Bzerclae 43.
1. My sister is not so talJvative as his. 2 A
protecting power lias saved this country. 8 His
translation will be better than mine.— Give the
lemmine and meaning of: vevge,ir,nwu, accusateur,
replet, anteneur, fier, fiatteur, ancien, vieux, pro-
phdte, amhassadeur,
CONVERSATION.
En Ciasse. i^ (jj^gg^
Lb M. Pourquoi cela ?
li. J'ai eu mal a la tete bier
pendant toute la soirtie,
et ma mfire vous a 6ciit
une lettre ponr voua
prier de m'excuser.
How is that ?
I had a lioadache yesterday
during the whole evening,
and my mother hns written
a letter to you to ask you
to excuse me*
#
ice
3se
:'resso
ore
power
2. La
3. CettG
ico a nne
uibsaiitiQ
LESSON XLIV.
QVAXiXFTXITG ABTSCTXVS8.
Formation of the Feminine.
^ The following adjectives form their feminine
irregularly : —
Masc,
faux
mux
doux
hlane
franc
sec
frais
cadue
false
red
sweet, gentle
white
frank
dry
fresh
Fern,
faiisse
rousse
douce
hlanche
franche
seche
fraiche
I
decayed by age cadtique
62
VntiO,
FflTM,
puhlio
public
puhiique
turc
Turkish
turque
grco
Grerlr
(/rrnfut
long
long
loiKfue
benin
good-natured
heni(jne
malin
malignant
malicious
■ mdlUjne
fnvori
fnvourito
favorite
coi
quiet
coite
La pi6ce d'nn franc, </'e one- I'encrier {m.), the inlr stand
franc piece la fleur (/.), the flower
I'eau (/.), \he water
Model Si 3rclse.
1. Cctte pi6co d'un franc est fausse. 2. Linf
cousine est trcs-douce, mais la mionne est tros-
malignc. 8. Cettceaun'estpas fraiclie. 4. L'cu-
cre est scche dans cet encrier. 5. Le maitre a
doiine une lougue version. 6. Cctte fleur est
trea-blancliG.
r^isercise 44;.
1. My Greek ( after th< }ioun) grammar is not
complete. '. His Aister -■ more f.'ontle and more
frank than tiicirs. 3. We do not like a long trans-
lation. 4. Tliis ink is much too iLick. — Give the
meaning and lii feminine of the following: cuif
turc, roiia-, Mnii:,favori, sec, cailuc, imhlic.
CONVERSJ^^'i uls.
En Classk.
Lb M. Donnez-moi la leti :
B. La voici, monsieur.
Le M. C'est bion ;
asseyez-vous.
C'est a vrotre tonr,Chnrlea.
Suvez-voua vutre iuyou ?
In Cj-ass.
Gi' e me the lotter.
re it is, Sir.
'xiiat's all rigiit ;
sit down.
It is your tnra, Cliarlos.
Do you k ow yjur lessoii f
68
LESSON XLV.
fOSMATZOK or THE PlirRAX..
Qualifying Adjective*.
BlZltr ^''7^"^^^«f adjectives add an s to tha
Binguiar, yrand, gramla ; <jrande, yramlcB.
If the adjective ends w or x in the sincular if;
wm .^^change in tl.o plural : ,ro., singT'^s!
The following is a list of some of the adjectives
m al most generally used; they all change al
into aux m the plural.
^ffal, eqaial
%«/, legal
ro7jal, royal
l< :al, loyal
ianiinaf. cardinal
general oneral
ntoral, moral
sprcial, special
/e'odal, feudal
baptismal, baptismal
samdotal, sacerdotal
principal, principal
compiler. / *'^' ^J^iCf'-^— Adjectives rjenernlly
come after tlio noun with which they a^ree • . Jt
parti^es^usc 1 as adjectives, ohJ.Z^I^ ^
ioun :- ^''^''^'^^ adjectives usually precede the
hcau, handsome petU, smpll
^^'^""^^ood ^^vam, ugly
mnllenr, better
|^/a,'ic/, tall
5'>os, big
vieux, old
I
64.
tonnh er 4, to tr,ur\
caHS-cr, to break
rainas8-or, tn pvk up
lo principe, the princii^le
!
If
I'assiottef/.), /i^)|)^««
le plat, the (H.s/i
oniiiial, onhnal
uoinbre (m.), number
appria, learnt
Model Exercise.
1. Ces pieces d'uu franc sont faussea. 2. Ta
as une meilloure plume que Kobert. 8. 11 a
appris lea nombres cardinaux et les nombrcs
ordinaux. 4. Cos gros hommes ne sont pas tres-
vits. 6. Les noiiveanx el^ves n'ont pas encore
cassee. 7. Itamassez les morceaux de ce plat
casse. 8. Les principes g^neraux.
Sxerolse 45.
1. Pick up this broken dish. 2. They shall
Jave learnt the cardinal and the ordinal numbers.
». Ihese pretty women are not very tall. 4. Do
not touch these handsome plates.
Give the plural and meaning of: egal, qras,
paresseux, nouveau, meilleur, loyal.
LESSON XLVI.
QVAUFYZITG ADJSCTIVSS.
Begrrees of Comparison.
{See Lessons VIII. and IX.)
bon forms its defe"\-ee8 of comparison irregu-
Bon, good imiUeur, better le meilleur, the best.
Petit, little, and mauvais, bad, form their
65
guMy. as fouXT'" "S"^'^''y- "■'3 al.o :r«.
hi-? erst*- s -• '""■ '"^' ""'•
together with the arS llt^tf *" ^r" """"
must 1,0 ilropn,.d iu i>S, "'""f"";" «« article
?>/w' saa:. ho i-^ hoHnv 1 • * *"•'* ™ieu7:, // evj
ho.abott'i;o';:t'a''",::t:;^:;;''-' »-"«-.
Hh savent, f/tey How
Model Exercise.
Eobert. 3 NouL ii^'i' /'•''"?'"» ■»'«« ane
4. Ma version nW ™„ ,^ beaucoup eon fr.Vo.
^tait malade h or Zs jroT"™" ''"™'^- «• "
7. Goorgea est meSZ '.^^'cSes^. ''"J""'^''"^-
fl,.-.^
1. Wedo notlik
•^•2 J,- not a beUer
fixerclse 4tf,
'Obert verv miinh " p-
accent than my fi-iend ? " 8. No
■1
i
vO
65
Tbuti they tnow the grammar (last of all) heiior.
4. His best translation is not very good. 5. We
have been very ill ; we were worse yesterday, but
we are better to-day. 6. This paper ia not better
than mine.
CONVERSATION.
En Classe. In Class.
C. Je I'ai apprise de mou I learnt it as well as I could.
mieux.
L. M. Dites-moi les joura
de la semaine en fiun-
<?ais.
C. Lundi.-mardi, mercrcdi,
jeudi, vendredi, samedi.
L. M. Vous oubliez di-
mancbe.
C'eat le tour d'Ernest.
Dites-moi les uums des
naois.
Tell mo the days of the
week iu French.
Monday, TueKday, Wednes-
diiv, Thursday, Fvidiiy,
Saturday.
You forget Sunday.
Tt is Ernest's turn.
Tell me the names of the
months.
■; i
LESSON XLYLT.
arVMERAXiS.
(See LessouB XI. and XII.)
Caxdinal Number*.
20, vingt
30, trente
40, quarante
50, cinquante
60, soixante
70, Boixante-dix
80, quatre-vinpta
CO, quatre-vingt-dix
100, cent
1.000, mill©
21, vingt-et-un
81, trente-et-un
41, quarante-et-un
51, cinquante-et-un
61, soixante-et-un
71, Hoixante-et-otize
81, quatre-viugt-un
91, quatre-vingt-ouzfl
101, cent un
i.COi, miile uu
ill) bettor,
a. 5. AVe
terday, but
1 not better
ASS.
jU as I could.
Jiiya of the
oil.
[ay, Wednpg-
ay, Friday,
day.
irn.
ames ol the
un
-ixn
-et-un
[i-et-im
et-mi
ot-onze
ugt-iin
ngt-ouzfl
67
41^51""*, n! '*' '"^' '' "^^^ °"'y "'* 21. 81,
a femi„ro' • Vnt :"!?: '"''""' """"-^^ -''-'' '-^
^%^ 20, and c^//i, 100, takt, ? t. « if +i,.
qiiatre.ruujt-ua, 81; rf,>,,^ ^^^jJ 20(i ' '
C.n« and i^V cannot take an s if tliev arn
followed by another mimber or if ihZ ^ ?
to exTn-Pss flm /i..+^ ,.', ^"'-^' or n tliey are used
yearTsSO ' "" ""' ''"" "'" """'«-%'. tl.e
Jl/jVfe a thmisaiia, is diortenca into mil in men
t oumg the Oluustian era. Tl,e numb "-s aiW a
II y a, i/(crc is or ara
il y aviiit, there was or ^were
y a-t-il h is </(«,-0 or are there''
y avait-i] ? ivas there or we/e
the re?
la bourse, thepurse
arriv-er, to happen
possed-er, to possess
marcliaud, dealer
ceci, this
ccla, that
Van (iii.), the yecw
nzodel Exercise.
1. n y avait trois cents francs dans ma bourse
micnnJ % ^^^^ f .f /mquante francs dan la
TSon il ;I f'^"'} ^^'"^ ^?/"^°^^« d'bommes ici?
nn-fv?'o ^.^^«^^^^'"^ n^jUe liommes. 5. Ceci
an va 1 an mil bmf, cent. 6. Ce mav.l,nn,l ;X%
chev
aux.
68
Exercise 47.
1. Were there not 80 francs in his purse. 2. No,
there were 202 francs. 3. Arc there ten million
men here? 4. No, there are eighty thousand.
6. I'hat happened ki the year 1680.
Write out in French words: 71, 93, 62, 84, 110.
1009, 78, 98. . » » » ,
CONVEESATION.
En Classe,
0. Janvier, fevrier, mars,
avril, mai, juin,
juillet, aofxt, septembre,
octobre, iiovembre, de-
cern ore.
Le M. C'est trOs-bien,
Charles ;
seulement il faut parler
un peu pli;s liaut.
In Class.
January, February, March,
April, May, June,
July, Auguat, September,
October, November Decern.
ber.
That's very well (said),
Charles ;
only yon must speak
a little louder.
LESSON XLVm.
N'VMSR.a.ZiS.
(See Lessons XI. and XII.)
To form the ordinal niimhcrs of 80, 40, 50, 60,
cut ofi' the e and add 16me : tretite, trenticme,
80th ; for the rest, sim])ly add idme to the car-
dmal numhei-: 70th, soivante-dixihrn, &c. For
31st, 41st, etc., do not use premier, but imieme,
trente-et-unieme.
Use the cardinal number instead of the ordinal
used m Englifth : fii-stly, after names of soverei^^nH •
eecondly, m spoakiu.^ of the date of the month ;
Henri, qmtn; lleiu-y thy Fourth; lequatrejuin,\hQ
fourth of June.
3e. 2. No,
111 million
thousand,
1, 84, 110,
IS.
ry, March,
ptember,
er Decern*
(said),
oak
>, 60, 60,
'rcntieme,
the car-
c. For
) ordinal
'creigns-i ;
month ;
juin^ the
6§
xivami premier : Uenn prcmter, k premier juin.
bucccder a, to succeed
nornier, last
c'est, it is
c'etait, it was
rauniversaire (m.), mniver-
sary
la naissance, birth
I'oncle, uncle
la taote, aunt
raiiuiversaire de la
sauce, f Ae birt/ulay
nois-
nCodol Exercise.
trois fivrW •'1; r , 4-.Non il ai-rivem ici le
Exercise 48.
tohdav^^'s V.^/*^ f to-day) my sister's 21st
'^ircnaay 2. Yesterday ^as (it was vestonlnv^
my cousin's 88th birthday. 3. (kori tK^^
snccoodcd George the Isfc. 4. Sh:dlwfnot arrive
tneveon(to he left o..^ the tonlh of JuK ? 5 No
wc shall arrive there on the 1st of August. '
r.o^in^*S? S^^I"^^ numbers corresnondin^ t-,
70
CONVERSATION.
En Ci-asse.
Le M. Juan, dites-moi les
noms
dcs quatre saisons ?
Jean. Le printemps, I'et^,
I'liutomne, I'Liver.
Le M. Quel est le genre
des trois deruiCTes ?
Jean. Les quatre saisona
Bont du geure masculin.
In Cr,As9.
John, tell me the uames
of the four seasons ?
Sprin}^, Kuinuior,
Autumn, Whiter.
What is the gender
of the last three ?
The four seasons
are of the muscuhne gender.
; LESSON XLIX.
POSSSSSIVE ADJECTZVSS.
{See Lesson X.)
The masculine forms mon, ton, son, my, tliy,
hifi or her are used instead of nia, ta, sa before
a feminine noun beginning witli a vowel or an
h mute : mon ainie {/.), my friend ; ton rjire
(/.), thy sword; son huvieur (/., h mute), his ur
her temper.
This is done to avoid the hiatus which ^70uld
be produced by the two vowels : ma. aniie, ta ^pie^
sa. Ikuineur.
As the French possessive adjective agrees in
gender with the object possessed and not with the
possessor, as in English, it follows that Im and her
will be translated by son before a masculine, and
by sa before a feminine noun : his book, son livre:
her book, son livre; his pen, sa plume ; h^x Jljch,
sa. plume.
1
71
S'ippn: (j.pr, in put up with
trouv-'T, to find
doat-er, to douht
rainitio {J\), friendship
loner, tn jvdise
riiumaiiitfi (/,), humanity
I'hnmilifC, r/.), humViiy
respuruuoe (/.), luype
Vain, vain
ue... jamais, nnver
avoir boHoin di^, to want
toujours, always
Model Sxerdse.
1. Ma scour a trouve sa plume, mais mon fr,^ro
ne trouvora pas sa version. 2. Tu s),pv)orte -a s
soiamitic. 3. Ellc a boaucoup louc; son huraa-
tX T N ^ " '"""'^ -l'^"'^^'' ^'•■^"i^ ^^e «on
amitie. '''''*'"' ^"^"j"^''"' *^^^^^^ ^^ ^"^
Exercise 49.
1. Wo are proiul of tliy frienasliin. 2. Ilia
<.,t) but they will not put up with liis temper.
8 He Will always wa.it hi.s friemls. i. His Uum
Wy IB as great as his hope. 6. I shall „e"r
pen, lus ink, and his paper.
CONVERSATION.
En Classb.
Le M. Et quel est le genre
Jii mot saisnn ?
Je.vn. Le mot sai^on
est du feminm.
Le M. C'est fort bien dit.
Vous pouvez VOU8 as-
seoir.
Je vais maintenant
©xuminer le nouveau.
In Class.
And what is tbo gender
of the word saison ?
The word saison
is feminine.
It is very well said.
You may sit down.
I am noAv going to
examine the new Lu7«
!i
72
LESSON L.
TaU OEaiOWSTHATIVE ADJECTIVE.
Masc. Sing, oe, t/u'., before a consonant or
au h aspirate : ce
lirre^ tliis book ; c©
hcros, this hero.
If n cot, f/m, before a voAvel or an
h mute : cet enfant,
this child; cet/iowtwie,
this man.
cett©, ^^iis; cette JiUe, this girl;
cette a7/jie, this
friend.
ces, «/im, for both genders : ces
amies, ces enfants.
ci /,^r^, and 1^, there, are joined to the noun
B])0ian ol IS far or wm/-; f^ /mv-cl, this book
here) ; c. ;*r;-.-l^, that book (there) ; ces^r^^
these books; ces Iwres^l^, those books'
Fem. Si.vo.
Plural.
Le tableau, the picture
J)ruf6r-er, io pre/e,-
la luarcliiUKlise, the goods
c'est vrui, ii *s irtw
I'ouvra^'e (m.), worft
la plume (/.), f/te/eae/iar
le bee, the beak
fort, strong
Model Exercise.
1. Admirez-vouscetableau-ci? 2 Non nm,o
ce hibou Bont fort beSes e nI,^'','''""'"'^ <1«
«
CTIVB.
on.sonaut or
ipirato : ce
3 book; ce
^s hero,
owel or an
cot eiifanty
', oet homme,
this girl;
^me, this
iders: ces
3 en/ants.
the noun
or person
this book
•s livres'Ci,
>ork
e feather
ton, nons
besoiii de
Hn de ces
)limies do
tvons pas
7. Cette
4
73
M^U ^^''^^'^''^'.^'VB' 8. Get ami est trfes-
lU C est vrai ; mais cot ouvrage-ci est plus com-
plet que cet ouvrage-U.
Sxerdse SO.
2 T),?f ^"^*« «^ese pictures and tliosc books.
A Ihe l>cak of this owl is very strong. 8. Tiiis
hope 18 a vam (after the mun) hope. 4. They have
not seen tins child's toys. 5. This man has lost
works 9 7 w "" ^? waiit these books or those
8 Thi! J* ^ ^""^^ *^" ^°^^ «^d t^^fc work.
o. ihis money is mme.
CONVEKSATION.
En Classe. t„ p,._-
RiciiAKD. dui, n, «nsieur, un Yes, Sir ; a little.
peu,
Le M. , Pouvez-vous traduire
d. livre ouvert ?
R. Pas trfia-bien.
Le M. Savez-vous bion votre
grammaire ?
B. Otii, monsieur; assez
bien.
CaD you translate at sight f
Not Vfiry well.
Do you know your grammar
well?
Yes, sir; pretty well.
LESSON LI.
CORTJXrwcTXVIS ^ESSOKTAX. PSOZf OVITS.
{See Lesson XIII.)
74
Exceptions.
Place the pronoun after the verb :
^ 1. In intorrorrativo sentences (the in-onoim-sub-
jcct only) : aa-tu ? hast tliou ?
2. When tlio verb is in the second person sin-
gular, first jiiid second persons ])hiral of tlio im-
perative nfiirinativo, i.e. wlien tlicre is no negative
in the sentence : donne-le&, give them ; but ne lea
d<mne pas, do not give ttiem.
N.B.—me and te are never used after the verb,
use mol and tot instead ; before en, use m', t' :
lave-toi, wash yourself; dowie m'en, give me
some.
Do not 'mistake an adjective (which is foinod to
a noun) lor a pronoun (which is used instead of a
noun) : t/,» out perdu leur Iwrc, they have lost their
book ; lis leur out dunne des iivres, they have given
them souie books.
La cerise, the cherry
la pomme, the, apple
non plus, either (aftor a ne-
gative)
aD|K>i't-er, to bring
roiifje, rod
plac-er, to pluce
le fruit, the fruit
conseutez, consent
Model Exercise.
1. Si V0U8 avoz mcs Iivres, donnez-les a Ch irlcs.
2. Tu as des cerises, donne m'en. 8. Je navais
pas de pounues ct vons n'en aviez pas non plus.
4. Nc m'apporto pas mes plumes d'oie, apporte-
moi mon encre rouge. 6. Place-toi ici, ne te
place pas la. 0. Donne-leur Icurs Iivres, ne leur
donne pas leur papier. 7. Ont-ils des pomzaes ?
Oui, ils m ont. 8. Je u'ai pas de fruits au-
n
jonrd'hui ; j'en aiirai clemain. 9. Consontez-y.
10. N'y cousoiitoz pas.
Exercise 51.
1. Have tlie cliildivn any toys? 2. Yes ; tlioy
have some. 8. Bring them tlioir grannnars, do
not bring their ink. 4. Bring me some fruit.
5. If you have any apples, bring me some. (5. Do
not place thyself here, phice thyself there. 7. Thi;y
had not any quills, and wo had not any eitlu r.
8. If you have any cherries, give me some. 9. L>o
not consent to it. 10. Consent to it.
♦ CONVERSATION.
En Classe.
Le M. Nommez les princi-
l)!ilos [jarties
du cdips Immniii.
E. La tCte, la iiiaiu, lo pied.
Le M. N'en counaissoz-vous
pas
d'autrcs quo ccla?
li. Non, iiioiiKieur, c'est tout
ce quo jo sais.
In Class.
Name the principal parts
of tlio human body.
Tlio head, the hand, the
foot.
Don't you know
of any otliors?
No, Sir ; tl>at'8 aU
I know.
LESSON LII.
TBS DisjunrcTivE PERsorriiXi psoiarotrifs.
(See Lesson XIV.)
The disjunctive personal pronouns are used : —
1. When there are more than one suLjejfc to
the verb : Mon frere et lid corii;;er<)nt la verswUt
my brother and he will correct the trauuiatioii.
7J
rJ\ ^f ^"7^-ci'0siti""«- after qne, c'est. c'^tait,
etc.. 7/ est acec moi, lie is with me: il est wJ
grand ,,ue moi, ho is tailor tlian I; J' est lui . u
vient, it 18 Iio who is coming. ^
5. Before mdme, self; moi-mome, myself
Chacnn, every one
la maxime, the maxim
la rose, the rose
la gravure, the engraving
dire, to say
c'est ) ., , .
ce 8ont i " *•
eux-memes, themselves
I'Jiabit («i.), f/te coat
pel-or, to pool
arriv-cr, to arrive
qui, who
frapi).er, strike, to hnock
la montre, the vaich
trouv-or, to find
cLrclieu, Christian
Model Exercise.
1. Ch.-;-an pour soi est uiio mnxime 6'roi.^o
f, Lni a: moi nous aurons ties rcses. 3.^'otiia
dechire cai e gravure ? Moi. 4. Lui d ro .«
chose pareUlo ! 5 Qui est Ik ? ce sont ux 6 Ton
frere a un plus bcl habit que toi. 7. lis ai-rive
ront ici domain avec lui.' 8. U a pe e citfco
pommo lui-meme. ^ ^"°
Exercise 52.
rJ'i ^/^./''^^^^"^ ^^s a prettier watch than I have
lowt;'^' T\. '• f' '^'";^ hehndnothadt;
riowerin. 3. iley have found it themsclvos
4. Every one for himself is not a CI S m
maxim. 6. Thev arrived hpr« ^nofLlj^ "Al^'"'^
- >> ^^^ty ^'^■^ -uuuHoii IS not a CJinqfim
Sm""-6 w?'?'"^™'^ to« yesterday Si. "t
him 6 Who knocK-3 at tlie door ? Tt is I
77
/ Mot,
)urtcr tin
3'dtait,
est ])/,u8
lul qui
ysGlf
mock
i
Qui a
fo uue
i. Toa
irrive-
cutto
r have
d any
elvos.
istian
thout
is I,
En Classb.
LiM. Charles, donuoz-uous
done
ane Hate plus complete.
0. La tete, I'fipaule, le braa,
la main,
le tronc, la jambe, le piod,
I'orteil,
la figure, le coude, le
genou,
le doiKt, ToiiRle.
Le M. Quel eat le genre de
cpaule, nrteil, ongle?
C EpauJe est du f6minin,
les deux aiitrea sont du
masculiu.
CONVERSATION.
In Class.
Charles, just give ua
a more comj.Ieta liat.
The li( ;iil, ti)e eiioulder, the
arm, the ii viul,
the trunk, the kg, *' foot,
the toe,
the face, tho olbow , iinco,
the finger, the nail.
What is the genc'ev of
Bhouldcr, toe, nail?
Shoulder is feminine,
tho two others ai'e mason-
line.
LESSON LIII.
THE POSSSSSXVS PRONOtTlO-S.
Wlien tliere is only one possessor : —
BINQULAR, PLURAL.
1st pers, l3 tnien
2nd „ lo tien
Srd „ le sien
fim. Mine. Fern.
la iTiienne les inions lea micnnea
la ticnno les tieus les tionnes
la sienne les siens les sicnnes
Meaning
mine
thino
m. hia, /. hen ;
its
When there are more than one possessor :
SINGIJLAII.
I«t pers,
2nd „
Masc.
Ic notro
le votre
leleur
Fun.
la notro
la votre
la leur
PLUllAL.
-— ' — V
Both geiulert.
les notres
les votrcs
les leixrs
EXAMPLES.-
Mmntng
ours
yonra
theirs
-One possessor : Mon habit est tneil-
leur que le tien, my coat is better than thine ; mes
habits sont maUeurs que les tieus, my coats are
better than thine. More than one possessor:
Leur habit est meilleur que le votre, their coat is
^>
%.
¥
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
fe
A
V c<'x
&?/
A
f/«
f/-
1.0
I.I
11.25
I !^ Ilia
2.0
■i^ilM 112.5
IIIIIM
U 111.6
v
<^
/;
^.J^
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAI^4 STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80
(716) 872-4503
#
iV
iV
N>
'1<^
;\
o
.^
C/.i
t
better than yonrs ; leurs hal'ts ,<font meilhurs one Us
votri-8, their coats are better than yours.
This coat is mine, his, etc., this coat belongs to
me, to him, may also be translated by cet habit est
a nm, a lui, etc., usmg a and a disjunctive personal
pronoun.
Le voire, like voire andvous, is used in aJdressinff
one person, when the speaker is not on very
familiar terms with that person.
Large, broad, big
le Soulier, the slioe
lo col, tJio collar
Laut, high
le bouton, the button
le tire-bouton, the button-
h onk
le gilet, the ivaistcoat
ouvert, open
la maucbette, the cuff
empes<5, stiff
tailleur, tailor
la cravate, the tie
le foulard, the silk handhern
chief
cber, expensive
Itlodel Exercise.
1. Mos bottines sont plus Ip.rgcs que les tionnea
et tos souhers sont phis pctits que les miens.
J. V OS cols ne sont pas aussi hauts que lesnotres.
K. Oes boutons sont k moi et ce tire-bouton est h.
toi 4. Leur gilct est plus ouvert que le mien.
5. les manchettes ne sont pas aussi empes^esque
les sieimes C Notre tailleur est moins bon quo
le votre. 7. Vos cravates ne sont pas aussi iolies
que es notres. 8. Cos foidards sont plus chers
que les leurs. ^
Exercise 83,
1. My ties are not so long as theirs. 2. Your
Bilk handkerchiefs arc bigger than muio. S. Their
tailor IS dearer than thine. 4. Our culis are
larger than his. 6. These shoes are youis, and
.^ijrf^^*^
belongs to
et habit est
e personal
Ltldressing
on very
iCUff
k hand.7cerm
!s ticnnea
s mieus.
3S notres.
ton est k
le mien,
ss^es quo
bon quo
ssi jolieg
us cliers
2. Your
8. Their
Liffs are
'lb, and
70
I Ch^-. « J- ^^^^« »^y button-hook, and
theirs ^' ^'' '"""^^ ^'^ ^«* BO l^^^i^ -s
LESSON LIV.
DEMOWSTRATXVB PROWOUlffS.
^® , ihts,thatii
colui celle, this oemc ^IVi" ^7
cdui-ia ceUe-la^M ceSxTl if. ^^f.^f^'^^^ihe former
oeia «Aa« l';.*;;;; ";•;■
Use ce before Stre, qui, and qZ : cVs/it 19.
/^rm^. ce qui est la, take what is tliere iLl «e
^;/0^ «. donne, take what I give vou f jL 1, f
celut-I4, etc., when two or more obiects Lv«
iV"./^. — Id sentences like "Will v^h t,^
veux-tu ? icUt thou r r \ ^^"^ (nomHa.
V0U8 voulez you will ^^
vonlez-vousV ,,m yo,t f *^J"t' *''"* "''"'''' (accttso-
quels, tt'/zic/if «^ w"i 1 .),
I
■11
I' ,
I.;
80
IVSodel axercl«e.
1 Yoioi deux boutons veux-tu celui-ci on col-^i-
, TQueC sr„rt s tancUottes cellos clou
cle ce vin-ci et cie ceiiu m. , r .- in Pvprulq
estl^. 9. Cecie8t^moi,cclaestatoi. 10. i*! ends
ce que je te donne.
Bxercise Sft-
1 Do not take what he gives you. 2. This is
our;,' and that is theirs. 3. Which are their ties
?v: !l nr tlio^c ? 4. These are thoirs. 5. Wlucli
Irfvou Btt hanaUovchiefe. these or tho.e
6 iCe avc mine. 7. Thera ave two collacs;
take this one or tlmt one. 8. WiU you have soae
ofthis wine. 9. No, I .will have some of tU.t.
10. This waistcoat is mine.
CONVERSATION.
En Classb.
Lb M. Qui peut me dire
quelle difi6rence U y a
entre lea mots smvauts:—
^ La montre, la pendule,
rhorlo^e, la cloclio ?
Plusiei'usVoix. Moi.mou-
Bieur. ^ ^
Le M. Ne parlez paa tons
alafois.
Pierre, r6pondez d cette
tinestioti.
T»i VRB K, On porte une mon-
tre siur Bui.
In Class.
Who can tell me
the difference
betwecu the lollowmg
words : —
The watch, the timepiece,
the clooli, the bell?
Several Voices. I can, bir.
Don't all speak at once.
Peter, answer that question?
One wears a watch about
one.
81
li-ci on col'.'i*
t tes soulioi-s,
sont h moi.
celles-ci ou
7. Je veur.
me-lui CO qui
i. lO.Prencb
a. 2. This i3
aro their ties,
:s. 5. AVliieb
ae or those V
) two collars;
you have bo-ug
sumo of tlitit.
N Class,
teU me
mce
bo following
a, tbe timepiece,
•Iv, the bell?
Voices. lean, Sir.
speak at once.
3wer that question?
rs a watch aboat
LESSON LV.
HEZiATivs PRonrouirs.
qui, who, which (for persons an.l thin-sW
Ihounne qui est la, the man who is there. ^^ *
de qui, whose, or from whom (for persons only) •
I homme de n^xijeparle, the man of ^hom I rpeak.'
««^?"*' ^? Tu'''^, (^'' P^^'^^^s «>^y) ' V enfant &
qui je park, the chJkl to whom I speak.
thi?r;. ^^^\^^'''\ what (for persons and
love' ' q««/«i'«^, the chUd whom I
dont, whose, of or from whom or which ffor
demeur-er, <o ZiVe
jet-er, to throw away
lilas, Zi7tic
de qaoi, about what
Sfttisfait, satisfied
iau&, faded
fauteuil, arm-chair
cabs-er, to break
^oin,JhrJarojBf
Model Exercise.
faiV ^i Tl^'"" pour lequel je travaille est satis-
Iciit. 2. La rose qui est fance esta lui 8 La
luuteuil 8ur lequel vous etes est ca.4. 4. L'auU
Q
82
,„i „><a invH^aemeu;: loin. « VoicUa a.rj,c^^^
lltrpX%.X^lttcelntla™
si belle est ici.
llxerclB© 88.
1 The child of whom I .«ro.ak i» ™' y" r;
.nan tor whom he wits IS ai. 4. ll^e ^ ^^
-XfwHrtSfaU" e^ThefHends
Tr ^^:rae%hrs/:i^ yU'^o
J^em."* 8 TZttUe poor (man, to whom I gave
some money.
CONVEESATION.
In Class.
One has time-pieceB
in rooms.
The cloclcs tell
the time
in public places ;
a bell does not tell the time.
En Classk.
On a des pendules
dans lea appartements.
Lea horloges mdiquent
I'henre
dans les lieux pubhca ;
une cloche n'induiuo pas
I'heure.
Lb M. Arthur, comment
traduirieZ'VOUS,
en{ran9ai8: ^^^ j^^^^g ^f a watch,
the face of a clock,
the clock strikea,
the bell rings,
tlic pendulum, the time-piflO«i
V
Arthur, how
would you translate
into French :
la dfime K
xvcz jetc le
ilii do qnoi
la voix est
»t your son.
it. 3. Tho
e arm-chair
.e. 5. This
The friends
f. 7. They
3h you gave
whom I gave
LASS.
•pieces
U
)t tell the time.
tranalate
aotti
S8
I^^^SSON LVI.
Tim , 7T *='^-"^= PROKOUWs.
SINOULAB.
w/to, lohich, ivhat
f^^^f'-om whom, which, what
to tvhom, which, what
Masc.
I^tJqiiol
diiquel
aiuiiiel
Pern.
irtqiiolle
Je Idqnelle
^ laquelio
Ijesquols
desquols
auxquels
Fern.
lesquolJes
desquL'Ilea
auxqueLles
PLl'RAIi.
Meaning
whn, ivhich, ivhat
^■^ohom,rvhich,u,hat
to whom, which, what
fp, "'""•' ^"fc/i, what
love, /■«,/•„„, qie7<."«; ^ '*' ' *''" '^''"'^ ^
iNTEMiCGATm PkonOUNS —All H,„ . I i-
noims can be i.«n,l ;., V "'° relntive pro-
L'aum6ne (/.), alma ,-^„ ,, . ,
Ift bagu«, r7-r7,7 • f . ' '" ^^'*-'
voisin, ncvihhour e,stairiv6, (/<) ^as happened.
le malheur, »u^o/««nr ^ Pendaut, dmnflf
Mo«;eI Gxerolse.
2. A oSi "n't- ""*"','." '"5"" ^ Moi, mo„»ie„r
^. & qui avci-vuus jiai-le. ot da n.mj <.„„. f.
!■
84
Y.n-y. ? A mon voiHin, Cm aovoir. 3. Que acmancle
|,ail6^ A moil , Li^uclle dc ccs
cct honimc ? i^ aumont. a. i ,, j^ ^
.loiix buCTCS voulc'/-vons, ccllc-ci on cone m r
5 Quel malheur est-il arrive ? Un grand rnal-
hou 6 Quelle henro 6tuit-il hier a cette be^^-
c ? La rr^.me lieiire qii'anioimVlmi 7. lour
mii T^ariez-vous ? Je ne pane .lamais. 8. Lo
?am4 auciuel j'ai donno de I'argent est en-
core la. , »*
. Bzerclse 56.
1 To whom have you spokc-n ? To my neit^h-
boui 2 What are you playiu- at? We are not
2yingU^o are studying- 3. Wbici ot these two
bats wiUyou have, this one or that one? This
one 4. What misfortunes has he had? m
Gieat misfortunes. 5. What o'clock is i^J Five
^nlnpk (hpnres) 6. For whom will they bet f
'^:;l^Tn± betted. 7. The poor to w^^om
you gave some bread has thrown it away. 8. What
have you there ? An apple.
CONVERSATION.
En Classe.
Arthtjk. Les aiguilles d'une
nioutre ;
le cadran d'une horloge ;
I'horloge sonne ;
la cloche sonne ;
le pendule, la peudule.
Lk M. Maintenant, vous
pouvez
vous en aller ;
la classe est terminfioi
In Class.
The hands of a watch ;
the face of a clock ;
the clock strikes ;
the bell rings ;
the pendulum, the tune-
piece.
Now you can
go ;
the class is ended.
85
LESSON LVU.
THB SECOTO COar JtrOAIXOW "PTOXR," to punUK
(Simple Tonses.)
(For the formatiou of tenses, see Lessons XXVUL
and XXX.)
INFINITIVE.
Pun-lr,
PttESENT.
to punish.
PARTICIPLE PRESKNT. PARTICIPl. PAST.
Pon-iss-ant. punishinr, Pau.,, p^nishsd
INDIOATIVB.
PRESENT. PASTni^im-m.
Jo pni' *"*^"^^'^^*"^) ^ (/P.*ni5/^ci)
tu pan-is
il pun-It
noua pun-iss-on»
yous pun-iss-ea
ils pun-iss-ent
IMPEHFECT.
(Tpunished, I was pmiishingt
1 used to punish)
Je pun-iss-als
tu pun-is8-al«
il pun-iss-alt
nous puQ-iss-iona
yous pun-ias-le«
ils pun-iss-alent
Je pun- Is
tu pun-ls
il pun-it
nous pun-tmes
youa pun-ites
ils pan-irent
PUTURB.
(/ shall punish)
Je pun-ir-al
tu pun-ir-as
il pun-ir-a
nous pun-ir-ons
yous pun-ir-ea
ils pun-ir-ont
Je pun-ir-als
tu pun-ir-ais
il puu-ir-alt
CONDITIONAL.
PRESENT.
(/ should punish)
noua pun-ir-lons
youa pun-ir-lea
ils pun-ir-alont
«•?••••••
pnn-l«
IMPERATIVB.
(jpunish thou)
piin-iHS-ons
pun-iss-ea
qu'ils pun-iflS-ent
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
{That 1 may punish)
Que je pun-ies-o
que tu pun-is8-e»
qu'il pun-iss-e
que nous pun-iss-lon*
que VOU8 p^n-iss-iea
qu'ils pun-iss-ent
IMPERFECT.
{That I mioht pnniah)
Quw j.. pun-lsse
que tu pun-lsse«
qu'il puu-it
que nous puu-l»»lon«
quo V0U8 pun-l»ale«
qu'ils pun-i»»ent
M" — I
(For conjaffating pnn-ir interrogatively, etc., Boe
lesson XXVn., and donn-er, on pages 42 and 47.)
Bxerclse 57.
Write out tlie simple tenses of ohe-ir, to obey.
LESSON LVin.
THB SaCOKD COWJUGikTXOW "PUNia."
to punish.
(Simple Tenses*)
Pun4r has an increase (Iss) in the participle
present ; this increase will reappear ift^i^rally m
the tenses, or parts of tenses, formed from tho
indicatWe, the imperfect indicative the impera-
tive (through the present indico,tive and 8ub-
junctive), and the present subjl;nctlvc^
87
The ^eat advantage of mastcrlnfr thoron'^hly
tho forma ion o tonsos, wiU be soeu still better
when tlio irregular verbs have to be learnt.
,-. l^/^^f *' ^""^ "^f ,*^'" '^ translated by il fautque
3e, tl faut que voiis, followed by the subjunctive.
L'ennemi (>n.), the onemy
envah-ir, to invcule
la province, tho prorinca
repou8s-or, to drive away
le Raz, the rjas
noirc-ir, to'blacken
le plafoutl, the ceiling
ol)i,'-ir a, to obey
chor-ir, to cheHsh
lo coupable, tfie (jailht
embell-ir, to emhelLs'u
la maisou, the ho use
le janlin, tJie <janlon
r6fl6ch-ir d, to reflect
nourr-ir, to feed
le petit, tho yoruxg
I'oiseau (;n.), the bird
fia-ir, tojinish
Model Bzorclae.
1. Est-ce que l'ennemi envahira cetto province ?
^. Non 8 il envalnssait cette province il serait re-
pousse. 8. Le gaz noircit deja ce plafond. 4 lis
obeiront aux lois de leur patrie. 6. Punissons la
laute, mais cherissons lo coupable. G. II faut
que vous embellissiez votre maison et votre jardin.
7. Qu il y reflechi*fe 1 8. Les oisoaux nourris-
Bent leurs petits.
llxerclS6 S8.
1.1 was embellishing my house and e/. ardon.
2. Ihese birds will feed their young. 3 Tho
enemies wore invading this province! 4. Thov
would not obey the masters of this school. 5. Do
not punish him. C. That he might reflect. 7. We
dierish our friends. 8. That the gas may not
blacken the ceihng. 9. Finish your translation
and your exercise. 10. I shall finish them
to-morrow, ^
88
CONVERSATION
La IHJcRfATioN.
C. Voux-tn faire uno rnrtie
de cricket P
G. Non, uoixs n'avona pfts le
tenipH.
C. Nous ivvons line bcuro
tout ('iitiiT(^
G. Qui, niais il faut goCiter
avant.
0. II est vrai que nous
n'avona gvu>re
le temps de faire nne
pavtio.
G. A quoi veux-iu jouer 7
0. PropoBe quelque chose.
at
Tub Plat-timi!.
"Will you have a gaiue
cricket ?
No, we have no time.
Wo have a whole hour.
Ycfl, but wo must lunch
iirat.
It is true that we
have hardly
time to have a game.
What will you play at?
Propose something.
LESSON LIX.
TBB BBCONB CONJUOATIOW " PUW-ia,"
to punish.
(Compound Tenses.)
(For the formation of tho compound tenses, «.«
^ Lessons XXXIL and XXXIV.)
The auxiliary verb of ptmir is avoir.
INFINITIVE.
PEEFECT.
Avoir pun-i, to have punished
INDICATIVE.
PERFECT.
(I have punished)
J'ai puni
tu as puni
il a pvmi
nous avons puni
vous avez puni
ila out pvmi
PLUPERFECT.
(f had punished)
J'avais puni
tu avals puni
il avait puni
nous avion 8 puni
vous aviez puni
ils avaient puni
80
•TIMB.
a gituio at
time.
io hour.
muBt lunch
re
game.
play at f
iiug.
tmr-xxt,**
L tenses, te»
^0
PAST A^fTP:nIO»,
{T had puniaheJ)
J*euB pnni
tu euH puni
il eut puni
nous oCimoR puni
V0118 catcH pmii
ils ourent puni
tUTIJRB ANTRRIOR.
(/ shall have pu,ni$hcJ)
J'fturai pnni
ttt (lurnH ))nni
il aura puni
noii8 jiuronfl pnni
youH nnroz pttni
ils aurout puni
J'anrjxis pnni
tn nnraifl pnni
il aurait puni
PERFECT.
(That I may hwi:e punislied)
Quaj'aie pnni
quo tu aies pnni
qu'il ait pnni
quo nons ayons puni
que V0U8 ayoz puni
qu'ils aient puni
coNDrxioNAr, anterior,
(/ alwuld have punished)
noua anrione pnni
youa aiirio/, pnni
ils auraient pmii
SUBJUNCTIVE,
PT.UPRUPRCT,
(That Tmifjhthavepunishec^
Quo j'eusse pnni
qu» tu eusses puni
qu'il eftt puui
que nous eusHions pnni
que vona eussiez puni
qu'ils eussent puni
Bxerolae 89.
Write out the compound tenses of ag-ir, to act
IRIBCT.
mnished)
puni
ani
uni
90
LESSON LX.
TUB BBGOWB COWJUOATJCOW *»PlTWni,"
to punish,
(Compound Tensea.)
31 fant que cet homme...
(foUowed by the suhjune-
tive), this man must...
cortainement, certainly
(after the auxiliary)
tendrement, tenderly {after
the auxiliary)
plus t6t, sooner {after ths
auxiliary)
afin que, in order that [with
the subjunctive)
la semaine derui5ro, last
week
Model Bzerolse.
1 Ton'maitre f aurait-il puni si tu n'avaiR pas
n6glig6 tes devoirs ? 2. Mon maitre ne m'aurait
certainement pas puni si je lui avais obei. » . n
faut que ces oiseaux aient dej^ noum leurs petits.
4. Le gaz aura noirci votre plafond la semamo
derniere. 5. Qu'ilyeut refleolii plus tot. 6. Nous
avons tendrement clieri ces eafants comme s ils
eussent 6t6 les n6tres. 7. Vous auriez embe^li
votre maison si vous aviez eu de 1 argent. ». Ann
que tu aies fini ta version.
Sxerolse 60.
1 In order that the enemy might not have in-
vaded this p.ovmce. 2. I should not have embel-
Ushed this house if we had not l^^d eno"ig\?^«^f 7*
8 Have you punished this child ? 4. No, this
child has obeyed us, and we have not punished
it 5 You had certainly not finished yesterday.
s'. That you might have reflected sooner. J- ^le
gas must have blackened this ceiling. 8. ihis
Lira wiii nave iuu lua jui^ng.
w-xn,"
f tliat {-wiih
:m5ro, Zcist
'avaifl pas
1 m'aurait
)ei. 8. n
urs petits.
t, semaine
. 6. Nona
mme s'ila
3z embelli
t. 8. Atin
Dt have in-
ave embel-
igh money.
L No, this
(t punished
yesterday.
>r. 7. The
■. 8. This
91
CONVERSATION.
La. RiI!crt?atiox.
G. Je ne peux pas jonor.
J'ai un long peusum 4
faire.
C. Qui te I'a donn6 ?
G. Le principal.
0. Pourquoi?
G. En quitiant la olasse
j'ai roncontrfi Ernest,
qui m'en veut,
commo tu saia,
et nous nous sommes
battus.
0. All ! Je comprends.
Le principal a passfi
par la
et voiis a punis tous les
deux.
G. C'est cela.
TirE Play-timi,
I cannot play.
I have a long imposition
to do.
Who gave it to you P
The head-master.
Why?
On leaving the class
I met Ernest,
Who has a grudge against
me,
as you know,
and we had a fight.
Oh F I uudorstand.
The head - master passed
that way,
and punished you both.
Yes, that's it.
LESSON LXI.
THE TBZRB COVrJVOATZOXr "BBOBV.OZS,**
to receive.
(Simple Tenses.)
(For the formation of tenses, see Lessons XXVIII.
and XXX.)
INFINITIVE.
PHESENT.
Eecev-oir, to receive
PARTICIPLE PRESENT,
!|tocev-ant, receivina
PARTI CI PIB FAST,
reg-u, received
92
INDICATIVE.
(r receive, I am receiving)
Je rcQ-ols
tu reQ-ol»
11 reQ-olt
noud recev-on«
•vcms recev-e«
ils xB<}-oiv-ent
IMPERFECT.
(I received, I was receivingt
I used to receive)
Je reoev-al«
tu recev-al»
il recev-alt
nous recev-lon»
V0U9 recov-ie«
Us recev-alent
PAST BEFINITB.
(I received)
Je re(j-u»
tu reg-u«
il re(j-ut
nou8 re<j-Anie«
vous reQ-Ates
ilB re<j-urent
FIJTDRB.
(f shall receive)
Je rccov-r-ai
tu recev-r-a«
il recov-r-a
nouB recev-r-on«
vous recev-r-ea
ils recev-r-ont
Je recev-r-al»
tu recev-r-al«
il recev-r-ait
re(j-ol«
qu'il teq-oiv-o
PRESENT.
(That Imcj receive)
Que je re<?-oiv-o
que tu reQ-oiv-e*
qu'il req-oiv-e
que noua recev-lon»
oiiQ VQUB TeftGV-lOZ
q^u'ils xeq-oiv-fsnt
CONDITIONAL.
PRESENT.
(I should receive)
nous recev-r-lon*
Tous recov-r-lea
ila recev-r-alent
IMPERATIVE.
(Receive thou)
recov-on*
recev-ea
qu'ils reQ-oiv-ent
SUBJUNCTIVE.
IMPERFECT.
(That I might receive)
Quo je reQ-usso
que tu re(5-ui*ae«
qu'il rcQ-At
que noiTB re<j-uB«lon»
que V0U8 roQ-ussioa
quila rei<-a»»3at
;ed)
03
E™Txvn° 'T7"' i^*^rr«^'^tively, etc., ...
i^cbbons .\XVU., aud rfo/m-er on pages 42 aiid 17.)
Xlxercise 6X.
Write out the simple tenses of dev-oir, to owe •
past particii^le : d-u. '
ns
■
ons
ex
int
ent
RFECT.
ight recoive)
SS9
sses
J-UBSiOHA
;-ussloat
LESSON LXn.
THE THIRD CONJVaATZOZff '» HECSV-OZB,'*
to receire.
(Simple Tenses.)
In this conjugation, in forming the future and
the conditional from the infinitive, di-op ol •
recev-oir, je recev-r-ai, je reccv-r-ais.
Rcmai^ that m this conjugation the letters ev
oi the stem recev- are dropped in the smgular
of the pi-csent indft^ative, je req-ois, etc., in the
whole of the past definite, in the singular and in the
third person plural of the imperative, in the whol«
ot the imperfect subjimctive, and in the past
participle. ^
Note also that the letters ev of the stem recov-
become oiv, n-^oiv- in the third person plural
ot the present indicative, in the singular and in
the third person plural of the present subjunctive,
and m the third persons of the imperative.
The letter o takes a cedilla whenever it is fol-
lowed by o or u : je re^-ois, reg-u.
iiZn! ^ K^^ *'*"■ beaucoup de, much, many
aperoev-oir, to percewe d6cev-oi^, to deceive
.ji'L'^'.^T'** . delapartde./roi»
MMM
04
Model Exercise.
1 Tn ncrcevais les imp6ts dans la viUe.
2. 'nou "re^Suor dos 1-sonts do «o» p,u:c.>^s.
ii Nous no lee aiicvccvoiw 1«' en»o;«- *• \V°
irurcXr's'BeJoiBce present de la pa.t
de ton ami.
Exercise 62.
1 They received many P^eBcnts from tlicir
nncle 2^ You ^vill collect the taxes l^ere tonlay.
r^iat they might V^^^^^^ ;,S
are not men ol S^^'^'^'^^f^^^^^^ them
beaiviiful ideas. 5- ^^%X. -ve lis 7. That
Rome money. 6. Do not deceive ns. <•
you may receive some fruit to-morrow. 8. They
would not perceive us here.
CONVERSATION.
The Plat-timb.
C. C est fort eunuyeux.
G ponr moi surtout.
C." Quant a moi, je vais
fatre un tour de prome-
nade, , , ,„
en attendant I'heure de
laclasBe. .
G. Prete-moi ton Choix de
Lectures. ^^^ willmclv: you wiU
0. TroB-vobntiers ; tu le
trouveina
la-httut dona mou puyitre.
It is very annoying.
For me particularly.
As for me, I am going
to take a turn out
until sctool-time.
Lend me your^ Reader.
Very willingly; you
find it
up-Btoiis iu ni>' dobk.
I
95
la ville*
i parontSk
. 4. Get
i. 5. lis
e vous ne
as de fort
ie la part
rom tlicir
ire to-day.
4. They
ir conceive
lef.) them
7. That
8. They
f-TIKB.
lai-ly.
a going
out
me.
Eeader.
y ; you will
LESSON LXIII.
THE TBZAB COIWJUGaTXOZff » IKECBV.OZB,-
to recexio.
(Compound Tenses.)
(For the formation of the compound tenses, see
Lessons XXXII. and XXXIV.)
The auxiliary verb of recev-oir is avoir,
INFINITIVE.
PfiKFECT.
Avoir re9-u, to have receiv<id
INDICATIVE.
PERFECT.
(/ have received)
J'ai re^u
tu as re^u
il a regu
U0U8 avons regu
yous avez regu
ils out re^u
PLUPERFBCT.
(/ had received)
J'avaia re(?u
tu avals regu
il avait re<ju
nous avious repu
yous aviez regu
ils avaient reQU
J'aurais re<;u
tu aurais re^a
PAST ANTERIOR.
{I had received)
J'ens regu
tu eus regu
il eut regu
nous eflmes regn
yous eutes regu
lis eurent regu
FUTURE ANTERIOR.
(' shall have received)
J'aurai regu
tu auras regu
il aura regu
nous aureus regu
yous aurez regu
ils auront regu
CONDITIONAL.
ANTERIOR.
(I should have received)
nous aurious rega
yous auriez recu
ils auraient reya
:||
' I
^d
SUBJUNCTIVE
PEKFECT.
{That I ma/ii have received)
Qne j'aie re(;a
quo tu aios re(;ti
qu'il ait reyu
que nous ayons recju
que vons ayez re^u
qu'ils aient re<fu
PLUPERFECT.
{That Imiijht have received)
Que j'eusse regu
que tu eusses rcQU
qu'il eftt re(;u
que nous eusaions re(ju
quo vous eussiez reiju
qu'ils eussent recju
5. aperc3V-oir, to perceive
6. concev-oir, to conceive
7. d6cev-oir, to deceive
W
There are only seven verbs in olr conjugated
as shown in Lessons LXI. and LXIII., namely :—
1. dev-oir, to owe
2. redev-oir, to owe dill
8. recev-oir, to receive
4. percev-oir, to collect {taxe s)
Bxerclse 63*
Write out the compound tenses of apercev-oir^
to perceive.
LESSON LXIV.
TBXItB COITJXJOATXOir.
•me Compound Tenses, witH some of the
Prepositions.
Prepositions stand before the noun they govern,
and must be repeated before every noun.
List of some of the most commonly used pre-
positions : —
de, of or from <^pr^s^ a^ej {of time)
a to or at devmit, before {of place)
* -^ T-^f — /^ftSyi^A W.i>rW,/)>'^- behind
EOT.
ave received)
I
ns reQU
z re<ju
conjugated
namely :—
to perceive
conceive
1 deceiva
aperceV'Oir,
of tbe
bhey govern,
m.
y used pre*
{of tvne)
>re {of place)
hind
xhmfi, in
2»'''ii'ih', near
«wr, on
»^"v, under
«'*''', witli
*«««, without
lo torme, the quarter's rent
\l If ^}''''^^taire, tk^ landlord
1« 'orcepteur, the taM-co.
lector
ie soil-, the evening
ii gare, </ie station
07
<^/^'^^. at or in the housa
pour, for
contre, ii','ainst
/>«r, hy
»wrt////-<5^ in s2)ito of
<''^S from, as early as
rouss-ir, to succeed
t'm.s {pi. ,n.), all
Glforts, efforts
quel<]uo chose, 5„,ne«/ti„
laprOs-n^iOi (/.). t,e ^^t
Model Bxerdse
moipour le pe," trn^^'o^^^'f? ^os Jmpots iveo
V^^olettrepa/hip3stede ce s^ir f V '^^^ ^'^^^
a i't gare avant toi 6 nJ i ^' ^ arnverai
^^oi. 6. II n'a pas ;eus;i mn, ^'^^'' P^' ^^^'-^^t
7- Quo je n'eiC?rT^^'^*«"««es efforts.
9. Avaient^Is r U les Sn'^^f ^"' "^^^^ ^ Non •
ii-vaieutre,ulS^^^:^S^-^^^O.Non.
1 TT Exercise 64.
2. What ts hr7e:k"d":^^ f ^ ^-^ ^--.
francs. 8. They Ce otd .h"^/ \^°««f ^-^^^^"^^
quarters' rent. 4 TJnfl "" .landlord throe
d. ceived them. BWehnl'''' "^'^i'^ ^«'^ ^avo
l^^m. 6. You musfnot nl '"'"'^^"^ ^° ^^P^t« ^^
tliem. 7. Ti..„ J!:', ''^J P^^ce youi-self h^.in..
" ^"^'' ""^ ^^^ ^''^'^^ at the Btatic^n
93
t)cfore us. 8. You must have received a letter by
this afternoon's post. 9. The tax-collector l.al
collected the taxes in the to^Yn with me. 10. Would
you not have received all the books ?
CONVERSATION
A liA OliASSB DB L'APufta-MIIir.
Lb M. Prenez tous du pa-
pier,
uno plume et de I'encre ;
nouH allons faire une
dictue.
Georges, nommez d'nbord
les signes de ponctuatiou.
G. Le point, U virgule,
lea deux-points, le point
et virgule,
le point d'interrogation,
le point d'ej^lamiition.
Lb M. O'eat on ne peut
mieux.
At TIIK AFrKUNOON SCHOOL.
Take Homo paper, all of you,
a pen, and some ink;
we are going to write from
dictation.
Goorf,'o, name first
the Rij^ns of punctuation.
The stop, the comma,
the colon, the semi-colon,
the note of interrogation,
tlie note of exclamation.
That could not be better.
LESSON LXV.
ISB rOV&TB COIWWOATXOW » ROMP-RB,'*
to break.
(Simple Tenses.)
(For the formation of tenses, see Lesbous
^ XXVIII. and XXX.)
INFINITIVE.
PBESENT.
Eomp-re, to break.
PAnTlClPUB PllBSUST.
Houin-Aiit, brcC'king
PAUTICIPLB PAST,
Homp-u, hrukan
99
PRRSE.vt.
{^^''•ea7c,Ia>nbroakini/.)
Jo romp., '
fii ioirjp-»
il roiup-t
"ouH romp-ons
vous romp-e»
iis romp-ent
nU'KWKCT.
[T broke, I was breaking,
fused to break.)
Je romj)-als
tn romp-ats
il ro]ri]).alt
iJouK romp-ions
yous rom])-iez
ils romp-aiont
INDICATIVE.
TAST DEFINITE
{T broke.)
Jo romp-Is
tu romp-ig
ii romp-it
nous romp-imes
yous romp ites
iis romp-lrent
KtrruuB.
(T shall break.)
Je romp-r-aU
tu romp-r-al»
il romp-r-alt
Homp-n
qu'il romp-e
PHESENT.
{That I may break.)
Que je romp-e
que tu romp-o»
qu'il romp-e
que nous romp-ions
que vous romji-ioa
qa'iifl xoiup-ent
Je romp-r-al
tu romp-r-as
il rump-r-a
Mous ro:np.r-on«
yous romp-r-ea
ils romp-r-ont
CONDITIONAL.
PHESKNT.
(I should break.)
nous romp.r-ion»
yous romp-r-iea
ils romp-r-aleat
IMPERATIVE.
(Break thou.)
romp-ons
romp-ez
qu'ils romp-ent
SUBJUNCTIVE.
IMPEIIFEC'T.
{That I „u'jht break.)
Que je romp-igge
que tu romp-issea
qu'il romp-it
que nous romp-Uaioni
q'lo vous rump-lssioa
qu'ils romp-isscnt
100
For coiijngniing r<mip-ro interrogatively, etc., set
Lessons XXX. and XXXIV.
Exorcise €5>
Write out the simple tenses of /•eH(/-r<', to render.
LESSON TiXVI.
THXS rOWRTK COWJUOATIOWT.
The simple Tenses with Adverbs of ^Juantity.
Ill tliis conjugation, in formiu^' the future from
tho present inlinitivo, the e must be dropped:
rowp-ref^je rowp-r-ai.
Verbs wliich have a d before tho termination
of the infinitive do not take a t in the third person
einguhir of the preterit indicative: defeiidre, il
defend, he defends ; fondre, to melt; celafuud, it
melts.
Adverbs of Quantity. — Assez, enough ; trop,
too much; jjcm, little; bcaucoup, much, many;
him, much, many ; tant, so much, etc.
The above adverbs require de without any nr-
ticle after them (with the exception of bien) :
heaucoup de s^hlaLs, many soldiers.
bien requires de and the article : lien dea
Buldats, except in the expression: bkn d'autres,
many others.
Adverbs in French are generally placed after
the verb in simple tenses, and between the auxi-
liary and the past participle in compound teuRos :
il parle beaucoup, he speaks much ; il a beau-
coup parU, lie has Bpoken much.
lot
are tranltecl'b, Z:!™'.:!;;,^^''' '" ""'='' "
admimblement, admirably
nRftcer, 6> annoy
Atten<l.re, to wait for
descen.l-re, «o co/»o cZo^on
Vlte, quickly
la doinestiqiie, «/ic sermnt
lai8.s-er, Zt;i
tomb-er./aZ?
le plateau, ^/te «ray
entonil-re, to hear
laord-re, to bite
conespond-ro, to correspond
ne...plu8, no more, no io/t^tir
enueuible, tor,jther
vend-re, to sell
vaiuement, vainly
dC-pena-re, to dt>pend
entidrement, entirely
Don marche, clieap
Model Bzerclse.
ciez trnn « M ^^^^^^-1^1 mordrait si voiis I'a-a-
vendimes beauconn'^^ fl ' "^"P^ P^^- 8- Nous
wait .heL l™g. 't You :^, f ^°"- .*• "" "»'
niany peas yf;tordnv V n """"y '""''"' '""^
chair. 7. CoCn- doL H ' ^° ""' '"■'"''' «""
the ink fall Tlou™, ^ ',f ""^V"" &«'- wo let
speaks admirab T 9 tTL f '""" T""'' l"*
you annoyed the^" too m^r %'' 'i^Z'^ -^"^ ''
r.opoiiu no more with one anotlier, "' ""^ "■
if
i' I
%..*
CONVERSATION.
liA 0T.A88B DB l/AruftS-MlUI. ThB AfTEBNOOW ScHOOti.
Lb M. Vohh n'avez pas oa-
Miu, j'csiuVo.^
CO que veut diro
A 111 lif^iio,
mcttr/, ontro paron-
tllOKCS,
ouvrez los Ruillomots,
foiuioz lea gnillonicta.
O. Oh ! non, monsieur,
nous n'^crirona plus
ccH motH-lA
en toiitoB IcttroH
ocuiuio da doruiore loin.
Yoxi have not forgottou,
I liopo,
wlnit is rao'int by
hcfin anotlifir Hno,
put hotwecu brackets,
put b<>twccn invortod com-
umH.
Oh ! no, fiir ;
wo Hball not writo tbosa
words down any more
in full
like lust time.
LESSON LXVn.
TBJB rOVRTH COHJUOATXOW "ROMP »«,
fo break.
Compound Tenses.
Tlio auxiliary verb of romy-re fe avoir.
PERTECT.
{Ihave broken)
J'ai rompu
tu as rompu
il a rompu
nous avoaa ro • uu
vous avez roaaf
3 UiAU AUliiJ-U
INDICATIVE.
PLUPEHFECT.
(IhadL bi-okon)
J'avais rompu
tu avais rompu
il avait rompu
nous avions rompu
V0U8 aviez rompu
\ls avaient rompii
203
PAST AVTRRIOR,
(/ liad broken)
J'oTis ronipii
til onH r()in|)a
il cut rornpi<
noii8 oftmea lompu
vousertto8 j.mpii
J'anrafs rompn
tu niiraia ronipa
il uiiruit ruiupu
PEIIPRCT
(That T may havo broken)
Que j'aie rompu
que til fties rompu
qu'il ait rompu
que nous oyous rompu
que VOU8 ayez rompu
qu'ils aiont rompu
(/ thall /icK'u broken)
J'ftunii rompu
tu aiirufl rompu
il auru rompu
nouH aurouH rompu
youa auroz ronpu
ils ainout rompu
COXniTIONAL.
AMTEUIOR.
(f should havo brolcm)
noua aurionfl rompn
you!4 aiirioz rompu
ils auruiout rompu
SUB.TITNCTIVE.
I'MiI'FIIKRCT.
(That Imujht havo brokot)
Quo j'eusse rompu
que tu eusses rompu
qu'il eftt rompu
quo nous t-usaioua rompu
quevous eussioz rompu
qu'ils eussc'ut rompu
LESSON LXVin.
TBB rotrSTB COHrJWOATXOW.
Compound Tenses with Adverbs.
Adverbs foi-m tlioir degrees oi compajrisoii Uha
104
s; 1
The adverbs bleu and pen form their degrees
of comparison irregularly : —
bien mieux le mieitx
pen moins le mains
The adverb mal forms its degrees of compa-
rison regularly aud also irregularly : —
mal plus mal le j)Uis mal
mal pis le pis
Adverbs of manner can be formed by adding
the termination ment to a feminine adjective :
courageux, coura<feuse, courageiiscment, courage-
ously. }
If the feminine of the adjective ends with two
vowels, the last is cut off: hardi, hanlie, hanUmentt
boldly.
For the place of adverbs, see Lesson LXVI,
Combatt-re, to fight
cri-er, to shout
diifend-re, to defend
r6poud-re, to answer
le drapeau, the flag
voulu, wished
la cloclie, the bell
plusieurs, several
Model Szercise.
1. Vous avez plus courageusement combattu
que vos ennemis. 2. lis auront mieux defcndu
leur drapeau. 3. Tu aurais mieux entendu la
cloche, si tu avais moins cri6. 4. II faut que
vous ayez tres-mal repondu. 5. Que vous eussiez
attendu moins longtemps. 6. Nous eumes cor-
respondu ensemble plus souvent, si vous eussioz
voulu. 7. Ce chien avait mordu plusieurs per-
sonnes. 8. Us ont repandu toute la biere eu
tombant.
105
Bzerolse 68.
1. I have spilt the beer on tho staircase 2 Wa
Bhal have sold more fruit to-day than ; to^ky!
8. TliGHe dogs had not bitten several personn
ctmv 1 "y' ^^^-f-Kj^od our ilag better tC7j
sl7 6 Tf fl'' 7^=^^lff".^'i^t more courage-
mlhFn" *^^'P'? ^^^^^ ^^t^«- 7. That you
miglit not have lost your purse. 8. You woul 1
W Wd the bell better, i?yoa had not^hrid
CONVEKSATION,
T IV. ^! ^'''^^' ^•^"'^ Dictation.
Lh M. Attention ! Ecoutez Attention I Listen well.
bion
Je commence ; en litre i
La Feuille.
De ta tige dfitachee,
Pauvre feuille dessrchee.
Oa vas-tu ?— Je n'en saia
li orage a frappg le chene
Qui seul etait mon soutien.
I begin; (write) ns a title i
The Leap.
From thy stalk severed,
Poor dried-up leaf,
Wliere art tliou going ?— I
™, [know not.
liie storm has etruck the
TOi • 1 [oak,
Winch alone was my sup-
[port.
LESSON LXIX.
■ABVERB8 (continued).
(See Lessons LXVI. and LXVIII )
on^trriTlf^f''^'"^^^""^^^ ^" ^«"t« accent
on the e of the feinmnie of the adjective • aceua/1
cisely. " ' " '" ''""
//r
pi'G-
106
I
CompUtement takes an acute accent instead of
the grave in complete, complete.
The following are irregularly formed: brieve-
ment, briefly ; trattreusement, treacherously.
If the adjective ends in ant or ent, chanyje
those terminations into emment or amment to
form adverbs: prudent, priuletamQnt, prudently;
olMijeant, ohligeekxarae-at, obligingly.
Exceptions: hnt, Imtemcnt, slowly; vehement,
vehementement, vehemently.
The following a«lverbs of negation are com-
posed of two words -.—the first, ne, is placed before
the verb immediatoly after the subject ; the second
word is placed after the verb in a simple tense,
and after the auxiUary m a compound tense : je
ne le venx pas, I will not have it ; je ne Vai pas
voiila, I would not have it.
Ne,..pas, not
ne. . .point, not (stronger)
'ne...plns, no more
ne...nen, nothing
II (lort, he sleeps
il Be remet, he recovers
ne... que, only
ne...piiere, hardly
ne... jamais, never
refu8-er, to refuse
rend-re, to return, to give back
Model Exercise.
1. n est tres-malade, il ne dort plus. 2. Nona
n'avons pas eu de fruits cette annee. 3. lis n'onfe
point re9u de lettres hier. 4. 11 n'est guere mieux,
il se remet lentement. 5. II ne luidemande rien.
(). II ne vous demande q_u'uu peu de pam, ne 1q
lui reiusez pas.
I
107
Szerctse 69.
that 2. You have hardly eaten to-day at dinner.
^Ln ?^/y ^''•^it"i^ for the, omnibus. 4. Wo
fiiiall speak to you no more. 6. They will never
ZIX '' ^"" '• ^I^ -«ts very prudently
CONVEKSATION.
La DiCTfiE. TUE DiCTATIOlf.
?! !?.«.A^constanto haloino, Witli its fickle breath,
Lo zephyr: ou raquilon,
Depuis ce jonr me promfine
Ve ,a K.iet a la plaine,
De la montagne au vallon.
Je vais oil le vent me mene,
Sana me plaindro ou m'ef-
frayer ;
Je vais oil va toute chose,
OA va la fenille de rose
Et la feuiile de lamier.
The zophyr or the 'north
wind,
Since that day bear me along
From the forest to tlie plain,
From the mountain to tho
valley ;
I go whither the wind bears
me,
With out murmuring or being
fri^'htened.
I c:o whither everything goes,
Whither the rose-leaf goes,
And tho laurel-leaf.
LESSON LXX.
ZWBSrnrZTB ADJSCTXVES AWD ZXffDEFZVITB
PBozrouiirs.
The following are some of the most commonly
used indefinite adjectives :—
Tout (m. 8ing.\ torn (m. ^l), toute (f. sin-.),
^m^^s(f plur.),aU; aucun, any, no, none (used
with ne); certain, some, some one, a certain;
viaint, mnjiy, quchiuc, Romo.; aidn', af]io^' r/ionie
(invar.), each j iml, nulle (/.), no, none ;' 'td^Zll^
108
i
(Ki I
(f.), sncli; quelconqtie {&^r the noun); phtrte^irs
(invar.), several; meme, same.
Where no remark is made, the feminine and
the plural are fomied regularly.
The following arc some of the most commonly
used indefinite pronouns : —
On — and when euphony requires it. Von — (sing.),
one, people, they ; chaciin, chacunc, each one, every
one ; personne (with ne), nobody ; qaehjiCun, some
one, somebody ; quelqiie chose, something ; run
(with ne), nothing ; tout le 7)wnde, everyone, every-
body (and not all the world).
fait, done
le ilefaut, the fault
viemlra, tvill come
V&i^e, the ago
respect-er, to respect
La justice, the justice
desir-er, to desire
entr-er, to enter
il faut etre, one must he
le paresseux, tlie lazy fellow
sfir de, sure to
JIttodel Exercise.
1. Tousles hommes sont cgaux devant la justice.
2. Si Ton desire ctre aime, il faut etre aimable.
8. C'estim paresseux, il n'a rien fait aujourd'hui.
4. Chacun a ses defauts, cliaque age a scs
plaisirs. 5. Tout le monde I'aime et le respccte.
6. Quelqu'uu vicudi-a ici aujourd'hui pour vous
parlor.
Exercise 70,
1. Each pupil will have a French grammar.
2. Everybody would love him if he would work
better. 3. AH these children are receiving an
excellent education. 4. You are ill; you have
not eaten anything to-day. 5. Somebody is
Bpeaking to him. 6. If one is amiable one is
109
I ; phirienrt
ninine and
commouly
m— (sing.),
I one, every
ni'un, some
hing ; riai
one, every-
iiilt
ispect
t la justice,
re aimable.
ujoiird'hui.
age a scs
le respccte.
pour vous
grammar,
ivould work
jceiving an
you liave
(mebody is
ibie oiiO is
teure to be loved. 7. Uy brotbor has had several
ynzQs. 8. Who knocks at the door? Nobody
{ne is left out in answering questions).
CONVEKSATION.
La Fin de la Joukn^e.
Le M. C'est tout.
a. Quela sont les devoirs
et k's l(j(,'0U8 pour de-
nmin ?
Le M. Vous approudrez par
Cieiir
la dictdc que vous venez
do faire,
.ainsi que I'exercice mo-
dele
de la soixantc-dixieme
IcQcn ;
et vous traduirez en
fraiKjais
I'exercice soixante-dix.
La classe est fiuie,
vous pouvez vous en aller.
The End op tub Day.
That's all.
What are the tasks
aiid the lessons for to-mor-
row ?
You will learn by heart
the dictation you have just
done,
as well as the model exer-
cise
of the seventieth lesson ;
and you will translate into
French
exercise seventy.
The class is over,
you may go.
LESSON LXXI.
THE coxrjvi«rcTzoia-s.
The following are some of the conjunctions most
commonly used :—
Car, for, because
comme, as, like
2mrce que, because
et, and
tnais, but
or, now, but
ou, or
qve, that
quand, when
ni, nor, neither
si, if
plutot, rather
pimque, since
lorsque, when
povrquoi, why
quoique, although
1 \
no
N.B.—Bo not confuse tlio i)reposition " for,*'
pour, with the conjunction ** for," *' because," car;
— vu, " where," has a grave accent; uu, "or," has
none ; — the conjunction })lut6t, "rather" "sooner,"
is Kpolt in one word ; the compirative of tdf, " soon,"
plus tot, " sooner," is spelt in tAvo words ; — st is
never immediately followed by the conditional:
Bl tu me donnes du papier, je te preterai vneplume^
if you give me some paper, I will lend you a pen ;
si tu me donnals da pajner, je te preterms une
plume ; if you gave me some paper I would lend
you a pen.
inalbonndte, dishonest
ci'd-or, to give way
rexamen (m.), examination
Taction (/.), the act
Be repeut-ir de, to repent of
tard, late
je crois, I believe
mourraient, would die
B'ennuy-er, to feel dull
Model Szercise*
1. Tout le monde I'aime, car c'est un excellent
garcon. 2. Je crois que vous vous en repentirez
plus tard. 3. Pourquoi n'avez-vous pas com-
mence plus tot? 4. Ces soldats mourraient
plutot que de ceder h I'ennemi. 5. Si tu travail-
lais, tu ne t'ennuierais pas tant. C. Je serai bien
content lorsque j'aurai passe mon examen.
Exercise 71.
1. Why have they not begun sooner ? 2. Give
him this for me, for I owe it him. 3. I do not
think he will repent of it {s'en before the verb).
4. They would die rather than (que de) do a dis-
honest act. 5. If they worked more tliey would
not feel dull {sennuieraient). 6. We shall be
pleased when you will have passed this exami-
nation.
on " for/'
UBC," car;
"or," haa
"sooner,"
f, "soon,"
Is ; — si is
iclitional :
'ou pluma,
ou a pen ;
term's laie
ould lend
,ono8t
■y
amination
ict
excellent
eiDcntirez
)as com-
3urraient
1 travail-
serai bien
Q.
Ill
CONVEliSATION.
Lx Fin de i,a Journi5e. The End or the Dat.
G. NouH voila libres ;
rentrons vito clioz nous.
C. Et cetto fois ug uous
poi(l(»ns pas.
G. Toiir cJoro diguemout la
jouriji'e,
deviue le mot de cette
onigme :
Cinq voyelles, uuo con-
sonue
En frangais composeut ,
moil nom,
Et je poite sur ma per-
sonno
De quoi I'ecriro eaus
crayon.
0. C'est un oiseau, et on
pent 6crire
©e mot aveo une plnuie.
Now wo are free ;
let us Ro home quiekJy.
And tliis time let us not
lose our way.
To end the day worthiJy,
guess this riddle ;
Five vowels, one consonant
In French con;pose ray
name,
And I bear on my person
Wherewith to wi-ite it with-
out a pencil.
It is oiseau, a bird, and one
can write
that word with a quiU,
2, Give
I do not
le verb),
do a dis-
3y would
shall be
3 exanii-
112 Conjugation of the iuxiliary Verbs, and of tlie
avoir, to havo.
Siniplo Tenses.
INFINITIVE,
ftvoif,'" /""■''
PARTICIPLE
ay ant
PARTICIPLE
INDICATIVE,
j'ai
tu 03
ilu
iiout) avonS
vous avuz
ilB out
IMrEUKKCT.
J'avais
tu avals
11 avait
nous avions
vouB aviez
Ua avainiit
PAST DB FINITE,
j'ens
tu ens
11 cut
nou8 eflmes
vous elites
lis eurcnt
PUTURB.
j'anrai
tu auras
11 aura
nous anrons
vous aurcz
lis auront
CONDITIONAL,
j'auraia
tu aurais
11 auralt.
noiis auiions
vous aurioz
lis auraient
SUBJUNCTIVE,
qne j'aio
que tu aies
qu'il ait
que nous ayons
que vous ayez
qu'ils aicnt
IMPEnFECT.
que j'eusse
que tn easses
qu'il edt
que nous euasiom
que TOQS eussiez
* IMPmATITB.
...... ayons
etre, to ho.
Sinvple 'rciisos.
INKINITIVK.
f'trc, lit /«■
PIIKSENT,
6tant
PAST.
PHKHKKT.
j« snis
tUOR
lle>jt
nous RommM
VDUs tjtua
lis sunt
IMPUIIFECT.
jY'tuis
tu <'!tai3
11 otait
nous ('tiona
Vous JiticZ
Us itaicnt
PAST DEFINITE,
jo fus
tu fus
11 fut
nous fftmea
vous f fltea
lis f uront
FUTUaa
je serai
tu seros
11 sera
nons seroM
vous serez
lis seiont
P11F:;EKT.
je serais
tu snrnis
11 serait
nous sorions
vous serioz
ils seraieut
PRESENT.
que je sois
que tu sois
qu'il soit
que nous soyona
que vous soyez
qu'ils soient
IMPEUFKOT.
que je f usee
que tu fusses
qu'il fat
que nous f ussions
que vous fussiez
QU ils f UBSel \ t
IMi'liUATIVB,
soyons
iola so^es
Compound Tense$.
INKINITIVE. PEliKEOT.
avoir eu, i^t«\ donnA, puni, rc^ii, mmptl
COMPOUND PAUTIUl I'Lli.
\
PU
d
6t«5
ftynnt ••••••••••••
_rtonn6
" puni
rc(;u
d
romp a
INDICATIVF
. PEllKEOT.
jo
J'al
eu
tn
tuos
.•^t*^
11
ila
^(1otin6
nc
nciiu avons
'liuiii
vo
vous avc»
riM/ii
lis
ils ont
rouipa
rtUPElU'EOT. 1
je
j 'avals V
eu
tn
tu avals
(ito
ill
11 avait
(lonnd
no
nous aviona
"liuui
vo
vous aviez
ri'vu
Us
ils uvaluut '
ronipa
I
PA8T ANTEHIOa. i
jet
j'ens X
tu ona
eu
ta(
H6
Ud
11 cut
donnd
not
nous cfltnes
■ puni
vou
vous eQtcs
revu
ils I
Ua eureut '
ronipn
FUTUBB ANTEHIOB. |
jed
j'anrai v
ou
tud
tu auras
6t6
11 (Ic
11 aura
donn4
nou
nous aurons
■ puni
vous
vons aiirez
recjn
ilsd
lis aurout
ronipu
(
CONDI-nONAL. ANTEHIOB. 1
Jedf
j'aur.ais .
eu
tudc
tu aurais
(it6
lido
11 aurait
donn6
nous
nous aiuiona
puni
vous
vuus uuriez
re<;u
llsdt
lis auraient
roriipu
S
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PBUFECrHi
que j
que j'aie .
eu
quet
qnt tu aies
6t6
qu'il
qu'il ait
donnd
quen
que nous ayons
■puni
quev
que vous ayez
re<ju
qu'ils
qu'ils aient '
rem pa
n
PLUPE
RPECT.
queje
que j'eusse ,
ea
que ti
que tu easses
^t^
qu'il d
qu'il eftt
donni
Quenc
que nous cnssiona
"puni
que vc
que vous eussic*
fe^u
iju'ils
qu'ils euasenfc '
rompK
I MI
and of tlie
»
pound Tenses.
ITIVE. I'KllKKOT.
)nn<\ \nmi. rccjn, romptt
JND PAUTICll'Lli.
ou
rtonnft
pntii
rc<;u
rompn
iTIVE. PKiiKEOli.
eii
])uni
n'l.ii
riiiiipa
LUl'KKI'EOT.
ca
donni
ri'i,u
roriipa
8T ANTEUIoa,
cu
6t&
doimi
puni
rcvu
roinpa
[7BB ANTKHIOB.
OU
6t6
donni
■ puni
refu
/ roinpu
lONAL. ANTEUIOB.
X eu
doiind
puni
repu
rortipa
PBUF£(nk
Ieu
6t6
donnd
puni
re<ju
rompa
PliUPBRFKCT.
. ea
&t6
donnd
puni
T&fn
3T1VE.
)ns
Four Regular
IST CONJUOATION.
Simple Tenses.
INPINITIVB,
donncr, to i/iv<!
PAliTICrPLE
donnanb
PARTICIPLE
donn6
INDICATIVE,
jc donno
tn donnes
11 donno
nous donnons
V0U8 donncz
lis donnent
IMPKRKECT.
je donnais
tndonnais
11 donnait
nous dorinious
vons doiiniez
Us donnaieiit
PAST UEFINITB.
je donnai
tn donnas
11 donna
nousdonnames
vous donnates
lis donn^rent
FUTUBa
je donnerai
tii donneraa
11 donnera
nous donnerons
VOUS donnerez
Us donneront
. CONDITIONAL,
je donnerala
tu donnerala
11 dounerait
nous donneriona
voua donneriez
lis donneraient
SUBJUNCTIVE,
que je donue
que tu donnes
qu'il donne
que nous donniona
que vous donniez
qu'ils donnent
IMPEIIFECT.
que je donnasse <*
que tu donnasses
qu'il donndt
que nous donnassfons
que vans dcnnojis;^.
Iju'ils donnassent
IMPERATIVR
' donnons
floane donaea
Terte, 'DoBiier/ <Punir,' 'Recevolr/ 'Eompre'
'zsi:'z^- 'jL^T-r- nbr~
Simple Tenses.
INFINITIVE,
punir, to punith
PRESENT,
punis.santl
PAST,
puni
PUESENT.
jepnnis
tu punls
11 punit
nous punlsflom
vous punissez
lis punisaent
IMPEHFECT.
je punlssais
tn punissafa
11 punissait
iK.aapunissions
vous punissiez
lis punissaient
PAST DEFINITE.
JO punis
tn punia
il punit
nous punlmea
vous punites
Us punireut
FUTuna.
Je punirai
tu puniras
II punira
nous punirona
vous punirca
lis puniront
PRESENT,
je punirais
tu punirais
11 pnnlrait
nous puniriona
vous puuiriez
lis puniraient
PRESENT,
que jepunisse
que tu punissea
qu'il punisse
que nous punissiona
que vous punissiez
qu'ils puuissent
IMPERFECT.
qne je pimisse
que tu puniasas
qu'U punlt
que nous punissiona
qiie vous puniaiicz
qu'ils punissent
IMPERATIVE,
punissona
puiua pimiseez
Simple Tenses. Simple' To,/. ..
lAMJMinVE. INFTMITTl/L.
re^u
INDICATIVE.
10 rr^ois
tu rovois
11 re9()it
nous rocevons
vons recevoz
llsre^oivont
IMl'EUFECT.
je recevais
tu recevais
il recovaifc
nous recevions
vous reoeviez
lis recevaient
. PAST DEFINITE.
JO regua
tu re^us
il ref ut
nous regQmea
vous regflcea
lis re9urent
PU'JURB,
je recevrai
tu recevras
11 recevra
nous recevrons
vous recevrez
lis recevront
CONDITIONAL
Je recevrais
tu recevraia
11 recevrait
nous recevriona
voua recevriez
Us recevraicnt
SUBJUNCTIVE.
que je resolve
queturefoives
qu'il refoive
que nous recevions
que vous receviez
qu'ils regoiveuL
IMPERFECT,
que je re^usse
que tu re^ussea
qu'il refttt
que nous recussiona
que vous re5ussiez
qu'ils regussent
IMPERATIVE.
• recevons
rc^ois rec«vea
rompu
PIIKSKNT.
je romps
tu romps
11 rompt
nous rompnns
vous romjK'z
lis romix'iit
IMPERFECT,
je ronipais
tn rompais
il ronij>nit;
nous ronijiiona
vons ronipiLZ
lis rompnieiit
PAST DEFINlra
Je rompis
tu ronipia
11 rompit
nouj^ romplmca
vous rompltes
lis rompirent
Je rompral
tu rompras
11 ronipra
nous romprona
vous roffii)rcz
lis rompront
PRESENT,
je romprais
tn romprais
11 romprait
nous romprions
vons rompriea
lis rompraient
PRKSEN'l'.
quo je romne
quo tu ronipes
qu'il rorapo
que nous rompfons
que vons roTiipifz
qn'ils rompeiit
IMPERFECT,
qne je rompisse
queturompisMea
qn'll rompit
^'■•" "•"•"= forripissions
que vous ronipissiei
qn'ils rompissent
IMPERATIVE.
romoona
rompa rom^
114
vonMATXow or mm pabsxvb.
To couiu.'fito a verb in tlio passive, ailtl its past pj?-
tiZloribo verb c.r., to bo. Tbe past l-^ticip e o a
palive verb agrees in number and gender ^vith iho
subject of the verb, example :—
rUESENT INDICATIVE PASSIVE.
(^.tb a .aJunno ..bieot.) (With a -n.no^BU^^^^^^^
(/ am LoiCd) , . ^ , '
JP8mHaim<5 je suib aimee
vcus Ctes aim.* v|m« «*«« '"P^ f*
conjugation of " aimer " In tlie Pa*»lve.
As tbo verb ,^tr« ought, by this time, to bo thoroughly
well known, the first person only is given.
INDICATIVE.
P\ST INDEFINITB.
PLUPERFKCT.
(I had been loved)
i'avais 6t6 aim6 or airnie
nou8avious6t6 aim6s or aimees
PAST ANTERIOR.
(Z had been loved)
i'eus ^te aim6 or aimuo
nous eftmes 6t6 nimus o/- aimeofl
FTITTJBK ANTERIOR.
[T shall hare been Inved)
J'a rai 6t6 ninie or ninu'o ^
nous aurons6te aimcs or ai.uues
CONDITIONAL.
PRFSPNT ANTEUIOR.
(f ,Cw be loved) ^ {T should have be.n lorcd)
IMPEKxVTIVE.
iBe lorcd) . ,
soyons aimfis or aimeea
"**.'•***."***" . ,^ fir ivfK ainies or niiuccs
*ium6« BoicntaimtCB
IMPEUtUOl"
(r was louc'i)
J'6tais aim6 or aimfie
nom-^ (jtious aimfis or aimOes
PAST DEFINITE.
(I was foreci)
Je fas aime or aimuo
nou9 f>i.me8 aim is or aitnges
KDTURE.
(Z s/iaU be lorcd)
Jo snrai aimo or aim .'o
nous serons aimca or aimees
tfl past pr.T-
rtioiple of a
er with llio
ino BulDJcct.)
ovcd)
*
sive.
tliorouglily
EFINITB.
en Icrcd)
aiuaC'e
i,iin<^s or aiinSca
RFKCT.
>en loved)
I or aim<je
5um6soraimeea
JTERIOB.
nen loved)
!»• airaco
annus o/'aim6os
ANTERIOB.
e been loved)
le or ninu'o
6 aimcs or aiiiCes
EUIOR.
xra been lorcd)
mS ';»■ aim^c
leaimcsoraiiafcua
or airaees
liiucb or (iu'ellea
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Quo jo 8018 aim6 or aimuo
quonousBoyousaimCs or aim<5c3
IMPEHFFOT.
(na< / tnviht be loved)
Qno je fusse aim6 or ainiue
quo nous fussions nimds or
aimoes
(T/iae /mat/ A/iro ^oeti lorgit)
Quo j'aio uto aim6 or aime**
quo nous ayons otfi aim('-» or
aimces
PttTPEnFFCT.
(Thatlmiriht have been lov,^d)
Quo j'eusHo t'tt' !iiin6 o>- nitnoo
quo nous eusHions Ctfi aiuius or
aim^cs
INFINITIVE.
PRESENT. „„„„
n' I 7 7v PERFECT.
Etant aim6 or aimde ' Aimfi or aJt'^'^
PROWOlWtlNAI. OS R1:pi.i:2CIV11 VEXfiS.
Reflexive verbs have two pronouns of the same per-
son-one is the subject, the other tlio object. ^
fbplj /^r'"''^^?-^'^'"' *^^'"' co^'U>ouna tenses with
the help of the auxihary verb ctre, to be.
i he past participle of reflexive verl)s a^^reo" in nnm-
ber and gender with the object in the amisative case, If it
comes before the past participle,
conjugation of the Reflexive Verb " se reposer," to rest.
btem : ropos ; termiii.ition : er.
PARTICIPLE PRESENT. PABTICIPLE PAST.
Be ,epo.ant*'-"-" „,,„,, ('-«)
INDICATIVE.
PRESENT.
(7 rest, I am resting)
Je me repose
tn te reposes
il so repose
nous nous reposons
yous vous reposoz
lis se reposent
IMPERFECT.
{I rested, I was resting)
Jo me reposais
tn te reposais
il se reposait
nous nous reposions
yous vous repobiea
ilfl so reposaieut
PAST INDEFINITE.
(/ have rested)
Je me snis
tu t'es
il or elle s'est
nous nous sommeg
yous vous etes
ils or elles se sont
PLUPEr.FEOT.
(/ had rested)
Je m's'tais
tu t'otais
il or oUe s'6tait
nous nous ctiona
Vous vous I'tiez
ils or elles sTtaiout
)
ropos6
or
reposde
(reposes
o;-
reposfies
)' repnH§
or
rcposeo
freposCs
or
reposee«
I
.«
n
!
If
(T rested)
Je me rcposai
tu to rcposiiB
il BO ropoflii
noiiH lions rcposfimoB
voiis VOU8 ropoBatoB
ils HO repoeOrcut
rOTDRE.
(7 shaU rest)
Je mo roposerai
tu to ropoBcras
il or ello so repoHora
notiH nouB reposcronB
voiiH vous rcposeroz
ils or elles so rcposoront
PRESENX.
(I should rest)
Je me repoHorais
tu to reposcrais
il BO rcposcrait
noUB U0U8 reposoriona
vouB vous roiiOBeriez
ils BO reposcraieut
110
PART ANTKRlon.
(/ hnd rested)
Je mo fiiH
tu to fUB
il or elle bo fut
uouH nous fftraos
vou« voUH futes
ils or t'llcs 80 furont
) roposU
or
ropoai'O
\ ropost'fi
0/
rcposrei
FDTOBE ANTERIOR.
(I sliall have rested)
Je mo Borai j roposfl
tu to seras > or ^
il or elle flo sera I reposce
nous nous sorona j ropoR<j!J
vous vous scroz j- or ^
ils or elles so seront ) roposCcs
CONDITIONAL.
ANTERIOR.
(7 shoidd have rested)
Je me sorais
tu te serais
il or ello so serait
nous nous serious
VOUB vous Bcriez
ils or olles so soraiont
reposfi
or
ropoflfio
) rcjiotiCs
0?'
reposcoa
SUBJUNCTIVE.
PRESENT.
(That I may rest)
Que jo me repose
que tu te reposes
qu'il 88 reposo
que nous nous roposiona
que vous vous reposiez
qu'ils so reposent
IMPERFECT.
(That Tmhjht rest)
Que jo me reposasse
que tu te roposasses
qu'il se reposat
que nous nous reposassions
que vous vous reposnssiez
qu'ils se reposassent
PERFECT.
(That I may have rested)
Que je me sois
que tu te sols
qu'il or qu'elle se soit
que nous nous soyons
quo vous vous soyez
qu'ils or qu'elles pe soient
reposS
or
reposce
reposes
or
roposeea
PLUPKUFECT.
(That Itvight have rested.)
Quo je me fnsso
que tu te fusses
qu'il or qu'elle so fCit
que nous nous fussiona
que vous vous fussioz
qu'ils or qu'elles so fussent
repos6
or
repoaCe
reposes
or
reposfcea
repose-toi
qu'il 66 repose
IMPERATIVE.
reposons-nous
reposez-vous
qu'ils se reposent
t.
1)T
'
rcposfi
or
ropoai'o
ropost's
III-
rcposiei
[OH.
stcd
ropo36
or
'
ToposCo
ropoRc';}
or
.
roposCca
jstea
{
repose
or
ropoafio
rcporifiH
or
reposues
resi
cd)
repos6
or
repos^.e
repo?e8
0)'
3nt
reposeea
J res
ent
tod.)
repos6
or
repos6e
reposes
or
reposCes
A LIST OF SOME OP TUE MOST USEFUL
IKREGULAE VEK13S.
i'.« "11..,.- „,.r r ,y ,™ ;:;;;' ""t "" ■•""''»" ™->.v '-»
..^ i« .!..«« will 60 „u .!.„,, ,Jrd";««:;n' .?""••''•'''•''
d-issto7is, etc. ' ^ * " »»tfts, 5u ti d-it, que nous
(l) The verba are arrau^ed in alphabetical order.
(c) When nothing is said to the coutiaiv «)..
are formed with ai^otV. t-ouuaiy the compouud tensca
Ti
fpfinitiH,
Allor,
10 (JO
(fluxilia/'p ttrc)
8'en aller,
to go awfy
(fluxUUifySstTe)
Asscolr,
toieat
B'asseoir, t
lo sit ddum
{auxiUafy^ira)
Boire,
to drink
Ccunnltre,
to ktww
Conqndrir,
to conquer
Craindre,
to/ear
Dire,
to my
118
Imperfect
Indicative.
j'all-ais
Ihtst D>fini'e.
j'aU-ai
jc m'en all-ais
j'osscy-ois
je m'assey-ala
jc bnv-als
je m en
uil-ui
jV-s-is
je m'as8-is
je b-us
Present IndiaUive,
je vai3
tu va3
il va
nous allons
vous allez
ils vont
je m'en vals
tn t'en vas
il s'en va
noas nous en allons
vous vous en allez
il s'eu vout *
j'assieda
tu aasieda
il assied
noiia asseyong
vous asseyez
ils asseyent
je m'assieda
i
je bois
tu boia
il boit
nous buvons
vous buvez
ils bolvent
je connaia
tu connais
il connait
nous coiiiiaissona
vous connais!-ez
ils counaisseut
je conquiers
tu conquiers
il conquiert
nous conqniirons
vona conqudrez
ils conqui6rcut
je craina
tu Grains
il craint
nous craignons
vous craignez
41s craignent
je dis
tu dis
il dit
nous disons
vous iliUid
ils disent
• Remark the place of en and of the pronouns, and place them, aa •hove, in all tlit
tenses, except in the inqwrativo mood, whicli see.
\ All bUrough like tmeoi'r, to which the relloxird prououu must be addod.
je cuunaiss-ais
je conqu^r-ais
je craign-als
jo dls-alu
je conn us
J oouqu-ia
je craign-is
Futvrt,
j'ir-al
je m'en ir-al
j'assiur-al
je m'assidr-at
je boir-ai
je connuitr-ai
jo conquerr-al
je craindr-al
je d-Is
je dir-of
li'e, Futurt,
j'ir-oi
jc in'en Ir-al
j'ussi«Jr-ai
je m'usjidral
je boir-ai
jo coimuitr-al
jo conquerr-al
je craindr-Al
jc dir-af
asftboTo. in all tL|
)Q tulded.
110
Condilionat.
j'ir-ais
je m'on ir-aia
j'uaai(^r-ai«
Present Subjunctive,
cjuc j'nille
(Itie tu (lilies
qu'lliiille
que iioixs alliona
que vous alliez
qu'ils aillent
que je m'en ailIo»
Imperfect
Subjunctive,
quo j'all-as8o
quo J ossey-e
Imperative. I PnrfieipU
I'rpsnit,
va allout
aliens
allez
jo m'asai(k-ais que jo m'assey-e
je bolr-ais que jc boive
que tu boives
qn'il boive
quo nous buvions
que vous buvicz
qu'ils boivcnt
je counaitr-ais que je counaiss-e
jeconquerr-ais quo jeconqni6re
que tu coiiquiores
qu'il cou(iulerc
quo nous con()uerions
que vous coiKiueriez
qu'ils conquiei'eut
(lue le m'en
all-aiise
que j'ass-isee
vn-t'en
ftJlous-nouR-on
allez-vouB-en
assie<l3
asaeyous
asseyez
alI4
s'cu allaut
que je rn'oBs-isse |assicd8-toi
as.se3'()ns-nons
asseyez-vous
quo jo b-Ufise
je craindr-al8
Jedir-ola
que je craign-e
que jo dis-e
que je ooun-usse
que je oonqn-isse
que je OTalgn-lsse
que je d-Isse
• See nner.
'CIS
buvons
buvez
fonnais
connaissona
comiaissez
conquiers
cfinciuiTons
cuuquorez
craing
craiKnons
craiguez
rlis
(lisons
ditoa
asseyaut
s'asseyant
buvant
eualld
issist
assis
ba
connaissant coiiriut
conqndrant
craignaut
disant
cuiKiuis}
cj-aiut|
ditT
parailre, to npinsir, 4o,
[ <.i.jugute as above verbs ending In aindre, eindre, and oi,ui$t.
Conjugate as above rt^rfjfr, to Bfty ncain. ■^. «»«*" »'"««*.
in
\2b
^^^H
9lj 1 thfiiiilivt.
f^r^sent indicative.
Ini/n-rffiCt
Past befinile.s
f'vluH,
^^^^^^^H
Imlicntive,
^^^H
Vi i i Doiniir,
HI 1 ^ ^^^''p
je (Idrs
je donu-aia
je dorm-is
le domxir-ai
^^^^^Hi
"tu dors
^^^^^^H
il (lort
^^^^^H;
■^5bF
nous dormons
^^^^^^^^Bi
Jl
vous tlorinoz
^^Hi
K
il dornient
^B
1 fieri re,
j'^Cris
j'(5criv-al«
j'dcrfv-ta
i'6CTir-a»
^^■1
/* 11 to write
tu (^cris
^^I^^^^H ' '^
III Fiilrc,
1 " 1 tv vuike, to do
il (5crit
noH8 ('■orivons
vous (!'crivez
lis c'criveut
^^^^^^^^^H ''''
jo fnis
je fais-als
jc f-ii
jefer-ai
^^^^^^^H ^
tu faia
^^^^■''1
11 fiiit
^^^^^1 ^--
nous faisons
vous faites
lis font
Falloir,*
u f ^ut
11 fallait
il fallat
ilfandra
^^^^■-.j
to be necessary
^Hi
J'i'ttro,
je mete
je mett-ais
je m-i»
je mettr-ai
toptU
tu mcta
^^^H i
il met
^m'
nons mettonB
vous mcttez
ils niL'ttcnt
^HH \i
Moiirir,
je incurs
je moor-alfl
jc mour-tm
je monrr ai
to ilii'
tu mours
(aiij;ilMryttrc)
il iiieurt
nous nionrons
^^■i
vous inouroz
ils meurcnt
^^^■ii
KaUre,
jc uais
je naiss-ais
je naqn-ia
jo naltr-al
^^^^^1 D
Iv he born
tu nais
■
(,aua:ili(i)y ttrc)
1
il nait
nous naissons
vous naissez
ils uaisscut
^^^B
i OITrir,
j'offre
j'offr-aia
j'offr-ia
j'offrir-ai
^H^
; loojfer
r
tu offrea
il offre
^^^^B
nous ofTrong
^^^^^B
vous ofl'rcz
^^^H
i
ils offrent
^^^1
riouvoir.t
U plut
il pleuvait
il plut
il plouvra
^^^^B
to rain
^^H
Poiivoir,
je poux or je puis
je pouv-aia
jep-ufl
je pourr-al
^^^^H
to be nl)le
tu penx
^^^^^^^^H
il r-ent
mmmw^
nous ponvons
Hi
vous pijuvea
il peuvent
^■1
, J
* An impersonal or nnipersonnl ^
Tcr\t,
■1
t An impersonal or unlper^onal v
orb.
•
u
^-
nUe.\ fvtnt^,
je dormir-al
j'6crir-al
jefer-ai
ilfandra
je mettr-ai
je monrr ai
jc naitr-al
i'offrir-al
ns
II plouvra
je pourr-al
ConUHcnat.
je dormir-alB
ficTit-aia
]e fer-ais
Uf.indralt
je incttr-als
Je moorr-ais
je naitr-ais
j'oflfrir-alfl
Pretera Suhjtmctive,
qne je dorm-e
que j'6crlT-6
qne }e faae-e
qn'il faille
que je mett-e
que je menre
qi-p 111 menres
qr .1 nienre
que nouH nionrions
que vons mouriez
qu'ils meurent
quejenaiss-e .
121
Imperfect
Subjunctive,
que je doRu-isse
que j'^rivisse
que je Msse
qn'il fallftt
que je m-isse
il plcuvrait
jepourr^s
quej'oflEr-e
qu'il plcnve
que je puiss-e
qne je mour-nsse
Imperatiw.
dors
dormons
dormez
dcris
^crivons
6crivea
fais
faipons
faites
mets
mcttons
mcttez
meurs
inourons
mourez
que je naqu-isse nais
naissons
naisscz
que j'offr-ifise
qu'il piflt
quo je p-osse
ofTro
offrons
offrez
{none)
(none)
Participle
Present.
dormant
Pttrlie.
jmff,
donnl*
^crivant tent t
faisant
(none)
mettunt
mourant
naiesant
faitt
fallu
mis}
mort
ni
offrant
offerk
pleuvant
pla
pouTaut pa
• Conjngate as above iendormir, to fall asleep, &c.
t Conjugate as above d<!cHre, to describe ; touscrire, to gubscribe. iiO,
t Conjugnte as above d^faire, to undo ; satiiifaire, to satisfy
} Conjugate as aljove omettre, to omit, &c.
I Conjugate aa above ovvri)-, to open ; ivuffrir, to suffer.
Il
■ i
1
!
1 '' ■■-
]
,5 ;.'
4
.
1
1
1
'?.
122
•M. md*M
Co
Infinitive.
Present Indicative.
Impei'feet
Indicative.
Past brflnite.
P^utnrt.
je pi
Prendre,
je prciids
ie pren-aid
ie pr-is
jo )}rcudi-al
to take
tu prends
11 piciid
nous prenons
vous in-enez
ils incDueut
jesa
Bavoir,
je Sills
je Bav-aia
j(i S-Ud
je saur-ai
to kmw
tu sals
11 suit
nous savona
vous savoz
ils savcnt
jetie
Teiiir,
je tiens
je ten-ala
je tins
jc tiuadr-ai
to hold
tu tiens
11 ticnt
nous tenons
vous tunez
tu tins
il tint
none tinmes
vous tiiites
ils tienni;nt
il tinreut
jevai
Vainer^.
je tniucs
je Tainqu-ais
je vaiuqu-is
jc vaincr-ai
tovauquUh
tu viiincs
il vainc
lious vaiuquons
voiis viiiiii|iioz
lie vainqucut
je vui
Vnloir,
je Viiux
je val-aia
jc val-us
je vandr-al
h he worlh
tn vaux
il vaut
nous valons
vous vak'Z
ils valent
je vier
Vcnir,
je viens
jc ven-ala
jc vine
je vieudr-»
to COVlfi *
(avxiliarytitre)
jevivi
Vivre,
jevis
je viv-aia
jo vec-na
je vivf-u.*.
to live
tu vis
il vit
nous vivous
vous vivez
ils vivent
je verr
■V<ur,
je vois
je voy-aia
je v-ia
jc verr-»
totee
tu vois
il voit
noas voyons
vous voyez
lis voient
jc vouc
Vouloir,
je venx
jc voul-ais
je voul-us
jevoudi-a
towUh
tu veux
il veut
non.'j vf.n1.ong
vous vonlez
ils vealenfc
* Conjugated like tewr, its auxiliary is Urt,
rfintte.
nines
iitcs
lUt
qu-ls
us
OS
futnri,
jo prcudr-al
jc saur-al
je tiuudr-ai
je vaincr-al
jc vandr-al
je vieiulr-a
je vivr-ai
l-ns
je verr-«
je voudi'H
CondiUonal.
je prendr-ais
je saur-ais
je tieudr-ais
Preseru Subjunctive.
qne jo preiino
que tu preunos
qu'il preniio
que nous prenions
que vons preuiez
qu'ils preuneut
que je sueh-e
123
Imperfect
SubjuncUve.
que je pr-iase
je raincr-ais
je vaudr-ais
jc vieudr-iiis
jo yivr-au
que je s-usae
que je tienno
que tu tlennes
qu'il tienno
que nous tenions
que voua toniez
qu'ils tiennent
que je vainqu-e
que jo vaille
que tu vailles
qu'il vaille
quo nous valions
quo vous Viiliez
qu'ils vaillont
que je vienne
que ]e viv-e
que jo tinsse
quo tu tiusses
qu'il tint
que noua tinssions
que vous tinssiez
(ju'ils tinssont
que je vainqu-isse
JmperaUve,
l^rends
prenona
preuez
Bache
Bivcliona
sacbcz
tiens
tonoiis
teuez
vaincs
vainquons
vainquez
quo je val-usse
que je vinsse
vanx
Villous
valez
viens
quo je V(ic-ussc [via
vivons
vivez
que je v-isse
quo je voul-nsse
ParlidpU
Present.
preuaut
sachant
tenant
Tainquant
Ptir/te.
jnut.
pria«
sa
t'llU ♦
valant
voig
voyons
voyoz
wuillcz Ctobe
so good as to)
venant
vivant
voyant
voulant
jc verr-aifl que Je vofe
quo tu voles
qu'il vole
que nous voyions
que vous voyicz
qu'ils voiont
jc voudr-als que je vouille
que tu veuilles
qu'il vouille
quo nous vouliong
que vous vouliez
qu'ils veuillent
• Conjugate as above apprmdre, to learn, &a
t Conjugate as above oblenir, to obtain, &c.
X Conjugate as above ronvaincre, to convince.
§ Conj)igate as alwvc A/uicaloir, to be equivalent.
B Conjugate as above devenir, to Injcome ; se jouvenir, to remember. &«,
T Conjugate as above mrvivre, to survive. '
•• Conjugate uti alwve revoii; to see agolu.
vaincu \
vain 5
vunuj
v6cu ^
Iva ••
\ "X
.' I
voulu
Ui
A SHORT CHAPTER FOR THE INQUISITIVE.
1. Wlicaco is the French alphabet derived ?
— It is derived from the Latiu, and it follows the same ordor.
Tlie Latins borrowed their alphabet from the Greeks, and th«
Greeks took theirs from the Phoenicians.
2. What is the origin of the French accents ?
— The signs called accents come from the Greek, but are not
nsed for the same purpose as in Greek. They were introduced
into the language by the grammarians of the sixteenth century.
3. Does the spelling of a language ever change ?
— Yes ; it is constantly changing ; for instance, the words tvte,
head, bete, beast, in the first half of the eighteenth century, were
spelt testa, heste ; the s not being pronounced, was suppressed, and
a circumflex accent was placed over the e to show that the vowel
must retain the peculiar sound which the presence of the s gave to
it ; tote, hete.
4. Does the circumflex accent taK/ the place of any other letter
besides s ?
— Yes; for instance, dge, age, was spelt in Old French aa^/o ;
sure, sure, was written seiir, etc.
5. Why is the letter s the sign of the plural ?
— The French language has borrowed from the Latin accusati\ e
both its singular and its plural ; the letter s being, generally the
sign of the accusative plural in Latin, became the sign of the plural
in French.
6. How is it that some nouns take x instead of s in the phiral t
— In the Middle Ages, the distinction between z, x, and s was
not strictly adhered to, particularly for the plural in which s ia
always silent ; when, later on, more accuracy and fixed rules were
introduced, certain words retained the » exclusively, as : chapeaux,
hats ; bijoux, jewels, etc.
7. The above explains the x in clievaux, horses ; travaux, works j
but how does the u come in here ?
— The following are only a few of the many examples which
might be given of the change of { into u ; chevaux, horses, coi*,
neck
•r
\(% ^ji
i\,.
ITIVB.
ame order.
3, and tilt
»ut are not
introtUiced
ceutury.
words tete,
atury, were
ressed, and
,t tho vowel
10 s gave to
other letter
eucli aaj»f
I accu8ati\ e
cuerally the
>i the a Jural
he phtxal ?
, and s was
which s is
i rules wert
: chapeaux,
laiw), works j
nplea which
horses, cou,
125
Sed? ''"''^ irregular; can this irregularity l,o ex-
— Tho irregularity ia not so great as it appears ; an o mute has
been added to form tho feminine; g has become ./u^ando as
become nu before c so as to preserve the hard sound these letters
had in lon>,us, pnbhcus, the Latin words from which lonn and
public aro derived. *^
9. Do all the French numeral adjectives come from the Latin?
— All como from the Latin, except 2cVo, zero, which is Arabic.
10. SoiTAinte.dix, quatre-vingts, quatre-inngt-dix, are not formed
line cmquanto, soixante, etc.; where do they como from ?
— They are remains of the system of counting by ten and by
twenty which was extensively used in Old French. Formerly
«eptau e, odantc, nonante (formed like cinquante, soixante, etc.)
ahXlT'^'fu'^l'^ '■ '\'''^''^^ ^^^^ tliey should have become
Obsolete, and that soixante-dtx, etc., should have survived.
verbs 9^° *^^ ^°"^ conjugations contain an equal number of
-- No ; out of about 4018 "simple " verbs, 3600 end in -er.
330 m -ir (\vith the imperfect in issais), 28 in -t> (with the im!
per ect m ais), lo in -oir, and SO in -re. The first conjugation
(-cr) terms ne\y verbs with subatantivos, the second (-ir, havinjr
the imperfect m issais) with adjectives ; these two conjugations
arecallfd "living" conjugations, the others, which do not form
any new verbs, are called " dead " conjugations.
12. Why should the letter t, which is not particularly pleasant
to pronounce, be used to prevent the hiatus in ame-<-ifm-<-iL
etc., rather than any other consonant ?
— A consonant was necessary to prevent the hiatus, and t was
chosen, because It is the sign of the third person; il aimc, il v^
was spelt in Old French: aimet,vat! aime-t-il, va-Ul, in Modoin
J^rench, simply take back the consonant they had dropped.
13. How is it that void, voild, with a substai.tive, can form
undersTo^d T *^® addition of any verb ? Is there any tiling
*Ti,'^^^®^'^ is nothing understood ; void and voilu are compounded
Of the adverbs d (id), here, and lii, tliere, and of voi tbe ohl
imperative of voir, to dee, ro that void la plume, voila la plume is
equivalent to : see here the pen, see there the pen.
THIRD PART.
BBADXNa ZiSSSONS.
I'y.
m
',1'
'ii Si
u..
I
KfiPONSE DE Li:ONIDAS.
Lors de Vinvasion de la Grece par les Perses,
on rapporta k Leonidas, general des Spartiates,
pour Teffrayer, que rarmee ennemie ^tait si nom-
breuse que le soleil eerait obscurci par la grele
des traits et des javelots. " Tant mieux I " dit
Leonidas, " nous combattrons a Tombre.'*
L'Heure du Diner.
Quelqu'un demanda k Diog^ne k quelle heure
il devait diner. Celui-ci lui r^pondit: ** Si tu es
riche, quand tu voudras ; si tu es pauvre, quand
tupourras."
Le grand Malheub.
•' Faites-vous des themes, madame ?" demanda
un jour un prince, qui 4tait encore enfant et un
peu paresseux, k une dame de la cour qui se
plaignait des malheurs de sa vie. — " Non, mon-
>»
seigneur." — "Eh bien, si tous ne faites pas de
themes, madame," r^pliqua le petit prince, '* votre
malheur n'est pas encore a son comble."
U7
COURTK IlAnANOUE.
Un
Henri iv"u; rl5^V?"'"'n'r'°* ^'""« ^"*"'*1'«»
Zi ! "^/"'^ *^ ^^^ «o^fl«ts que CCS motB • " In
«m8 voire roi, vous etos Francis, voili I'ennemi/'
ss PerseB,
partiates,
t si nom-
la grele
iixl" dit
AviDiTfi PaNn?.
Un chien, qui tenait clans sa gucule im mnr^.o,.
lie heure
" Si tu 68
:e, quand
demanda
int et un
ir qui se
3n, mon-
ies pas de
8, "votre
CalOUL TRfes-JUBTB.
tin enfant pleurait et criait. On lui demandft
cequil avait: '' C'est/' repondit-il^<qxTe fa*
m avait fait present." - Allons, " lui dit-on ^« la
perte n est pas difficile a reparer ; ne pleure plus
en voil^ une auti-e." A peine I'eut-il recue an 'i J
vmt. On lui demanda de nouveau: "Pournitoi
--UD, j tju cimaaa tjiuitro a present."
123
liH
M \
1:' F
DkS PrRLTSS DAN9 LT5 DfiSiSnT.
Un Arabe, ^gar^ dans le d^seH, n'avait rion
mange depuis deux joura ot ae voyait menace do
mourir do faim. En passant pres d'un de ces
puits oii les caravanes viennent abreuver lours
chamoaux, il voit sur le sable un petit sao do cuir.
U le ramasse, il le tato. — •* Dieu soit beni," dit-
il, "CO sent des dattes ou des noisettes." — Plcin
de cette douce csperance, il so hate d'ouvrir lo sac ;
mais k la vue de ce qu'il contenait; ••Helaa!"
B'ecria-t-il, " ce no sont quo des porlea I '*
» L'AVARIOB PUNIB.
Trois hommes voyageaient ensemble : lis trou-
v^rent un tresor ; lis etaient bien contents. lis
continu^rent de marcher, mais la faim les prit, et
I'un dit : " II faudrait avoir k manger, qui est-ce
qui en ira chercher? " — "Cost moi," r^pondit
un second. II part, 11 achete des mets ; ma.s en
les achetant, il pensait que s'il les empoisonnait,
ses compagnons de voyage en mourraient et que
le tresor lui resterait, et il empoisonna les mets.
Cependant, les deux autres avaient m^dite, pendant
son absence, de le tuer et de partager entre eux le
tresor. II arriva ; ils le tukent, lis mang^rent
des mets qu'il avait apportes ; ils moururent, et lo
tresor n'appartint a personne.
Le Violon CASsfi.
Un jour tombe et se bribe un mauvais violon,
On le ramasse, on le recolle,
Et de mauvais il dovient bon.
Q'avait rion
b menace tlo
I'un de ces
euver leura
saG tie cuir,
t beni," tlit-
8." _ Plcin
uvrir le sac ;
, "Helaa!"
if
le : ils trou-
ntents. II 3
1 les prit, et
ir, qui est-ce
i," repondit
ts; ma.s en
npoisonnait,
aient et que
na les mets.
lite, pendant
entre eux le
J mang^rent
xurent, et le
xis violon,
120
EXERCICE DH PilONONCIATION.
Bu pain 800 et du fronia-e
J:^C8tl)ienpenponrdejeni!r.r.
Un me donnera, jo gi.^e.
Aatro chose limondmer:
Car Didon dina, dit-on,
tJu Uos d'lm dodu dindon,
L'AVARE.
On prc^tend que Tavare Henrique
Wait a tol point lo mot donner,
A r^compenser Jean, son ai^cien domestique
" Je sms, ' lui dit-iJ, - tres-content ^
iJo ton zelo, ei je me propose
l^iin etro un jour rcconnaissant :
Amsi fais-moi souvenir, mon enfant.
VQ te i>ro7\ettre quelque cliose."
Epitapkb d'un Paresseux.
Ci-dessous Antoine repose ;
11 ne hi jamais autre chose.
LeTTRE d'un ficOLIEB A «0N PAre.
dema"!"idT il'aW "f ^^^^ ^"^ ^^^^
credi- vr^na vT.' *^^ivera ai)re8-demain, mer-
eamedi ^nf. ^f T^^'' P°^^* vendredi, je para
eameoi, pour ctre chez nmia (i;rv.n«„i_ .. ' •' ^ *
K
133
Ll VER-LTJT3ANT BT LB CrAPAUD.
Tin ver-luisant faisait sur le gazon
Ijriller un euir sa lueur phoHphorique.
Un crapaud raper(;oit et lanco son poison
Sur cot insccto paciiique.
•« Je n'ai jamais cornmis de mal,"
Liii dit le ver a son licuro dcrnierc.
«« Eb quoi," rcprit le liidcux animal,
«* Ne repands-tu pas la luiniore ? *'
Lb ll£vB.
Trois jeuncs gens, Louis, Piorro et Paul, voya-
gcant ensemble, arrivent k mio aubcrge, 11 ue s'y
trouve pour touto provision qu'uno oie. Louis la
prend, et dit : " Ceci est trop peu do ebose pour
que nous puissious en manger tons trois, allons
clormir, et I'oie appartiendi-a a celui qui aura iait
le meilleur reve." lis so coucberent done, mais
au milieu de la nuit Paul se leva et mangea I'oie.
Le lendemain matin, cbacnn rac )nta le souge
qu'il avait eu. Pierre dit: "J'ai cm pendant
mon sommeil me tenir aupres du trone du roi."
Louis dit : " Moi, j'ai reve que j'^tais le roi et que
tu te tenais aupres de moi : mon songe Temporto
B'lr le tien, c'est done b. moi de manger I'oie."
Paul dit: " Et moi, j'ai reve que je mangeais
Toie." On la elicrcba en vain, cur il I'avait elicc-
tivement devorci^
Lk Paresseux.
Henri. Comment, Paul, tu n'es pas encore
levti '?
MJD.
>n
L'ique.
m poison
lal,"
i-c.
iiiiimalt
>»
b Paul, voya-
}rgc, il ue s'y
ie. Louis la
lo choso i)Oiir
trois, alloiis
qui aura iait
it done, raais
maugea I'oie.
nta le souge
cm pendant
.roue du roi."
IS lo roi et que
age reu porto
nanger i'oie."
! je mangonis
1 1'avait eficc-
s pas encore
131
Paul. Tu vols bien que non.
^AUL. Pas du tout.
ems promeni. '"ouci a six, puis jo rud
Henki. a pied on en voitmo ■> ^^
eTter. ^'^^^ ^•°«'-^' HcuTiSs: ;l::
."« nous „„ns a„ jardia, et nous mansl;;;;:^
li
ill
11 r
li
•lu
132
cerises et des groseiUes vertes tant que noiia
voudrons. ^, , , p„„:t9
Paul. Du ohocolat, du gateau et du fruit .
Attends, attends, cc nc sera pas long; je vais bien
vite me dcbarbouiller et me laver lea mams ; jo
Buis a toi dans dix minutes.
Athalte et Joas.
Athalib. Comment vous nommez-vous ?
Joas. J'ai nom Eliacin.
At^lie. Votre pere ?
Joas. Je suis, dit-ou, un orphclm, ^
Entre les bras de Dieu jcto des ma naissance,
Et qui de mcs parents n'cns jamais comiaissanco,
Athalie. Vous etes sans parents I
Joas. lis m'ont abandonnc.
Athalie. Comment? et dcpms quand?
Joas. Depuis que je suis ne. _
Athalie. Ne sait-on pas au moms quel pays est
le votre? . ,
Joas. Ce temple est mon pays, je n en connais
point d'autre. . .
Athalie. Ou dit-on que le sort vous a fait
rencontrer ? , j/
Joas. Parmi des loups cruels prets a me cl6vorer.
Athalie. Qui vous mit dans ce temple ?
Joas. Une femme inconnue, ^
Qui ne dit point son nom, et qu'on n'a pomt revue.
ATHALIE. Mais de vos premiers ans quelics
mains ont pris soin ? , * * „«
Joas. Dieu laissa-t-il jamais Bes enfants au
ijcsoin '?
"4
it qne nous
it du fruit?
; je vais bien
is mains ; jo
vous ?
aissance,
coniiaissance.
and?
I quel pays est
n'en connais
; vous a fait
a me d^vorer.
imple ?
a point revue,
i ans quellcs
es enfants au
133
Aux petits des oiscaux U donne la patnre,
i'.t sa bonte s'etend sur toute la nature.
1 ou8 Ics jours je I'invoque, et, d'un soin patorncl,
h me uourrit des dons offerts sur son autel
Athalie. ...Quel est tous les jours votre emploi ?
JoAs. J adore e Soioncur ; onm'expJiqu saloi.
Dans son livre divin on m'apprcnd a la In
J:^t cleja de ma main je commence a I'ccrirfa
Athalie. Que vous dit cette loi ?
Joas. Que Dieu veut etre aime ;
Qu il venge tot ou tard son saint nom blasphdmd:
Qu il est le defenseur de I'orplielin timide •
tju 11 resiste au superbe, et punit I'homicide.
Athalie. J'entends, mais tout ce peuple. en-
ferme dans ce lieu, r^upio, en-
A quoi s'occupe-t-il ?
Joas. II loue, il benit Dieu.
Le Spectrb.
Martin s'etant glisse a minuit dans le iardin
d un chateau, remplit de fruits deux sacs aJS
avait I'mtention de porter I'un apr^s I'aut ilsa
demeure Au moment ou, ainsi^hargT il mar
chait le long du mur du jardin, I'horfoge Vint 4
Conner minuit ; le vent soifflait dans lelLI We
d une maniere & faire frissoner, quand tout-lcoup
Martm apei-9ut tout pres de lui un bomme ndr^
qui semblait porter complaisamment I'auti-e sac
Pousser un cri, Jeter sa charge, et so mettre A
courirde toute la yitesse de ses^WT, ^t ' o^
lui latlaire d'un inRfnnf t.'u^:! — ,. » .^•;puur
131
bout 3u mut
Maitin aiissi vite que lui jusqu'au
"'ZolKain matin, Martin n'out n«n d^ ^hjB
™se aue de parlor a tout le monde de 1 l«»f'We
S6U mai^il BO garda bien de du^- -'J^
rerdrbVdr& dPe i- m du^ha..au
^rrnrdUir;fe.^^cS'L?a?rv^
vous menS en prison. Quant au fantdme noir,
le n'etTque vot?e ombro que vous apev,^ es sur
le mnr rioivellement blauclii, a la clarte de lalune
qui se levait."
liE B^T DE ViLLE ET LE RaT DES ChAMP3.
Autrefois le rat de villo
Invita le rat des champs,
D'une fa90U fort civile
A des reliefs d'ortolans.
Sur un tapis de Turquie
Le couvert se trouva, mis.
Je laisse a penscr la vie
Que fireut ces deux amis.
Le regal fut fort lionuete ;
Rien ne manquait au iestm,
Mais quelqu'un troubla la fete
Pendant qu'ils etaient en tram
A la porte de la salle
ns entendirent du bruit ;
La rat de viUe detale ;
Son oamarade le suit.
m
nt clu muJf
ien de plus
e rhorrible
un mot du
lie un gen-
it-il, "voiis
du chateau,
(ortent tous
•quoi je vais
ntdrae noir,
percutes 8ur
bed'elalune
3HA.MP3.
in,
ete^
train
135
Le bruit eesse, on so retire :
Rats en campagne aussitot j
lit le citadin de dire :
" Achevons tout notre rot ' *•
" C'est assez," dit le rustique ;
•' Demain vous viendrez chez moi
Co n est pas que je me pique
De tous vos festins de roi.
Mais rien ne vient m'interrompre
Je mange tout a loisir. *
Adieu done. Fi du plaisir
Quo la crainte peuf corrompre ! *•
La Magi l ^ Vapeub.
^^,/il'^^''^"'^^ ""^P^"^' perfectionnee au milieu
du dernier siecle pari 'Anglais Watt, est employee
aussi bien pour fabriquer des aiguilles que S
forger les ancres des plus grands vaisseaux vSd
une courte explication qui donnera une id/o
fafeur '^^ cause des effets merveiUeux de ta
mp^f^nl! "'^^V^^'' e^ vapeur, lorsqu'eUe est forte-
Kiaimite ^tait parfaitemeut fermee par son
couvei;cle, I'eau renfermee dans la marmi e
chaiigee en vapeur, soul6verait ce cruWe'
quanl meme on I'aurait charge du plus irrami
poids, ou bien le vase eclaterait^ C^^s U'oW
vation de ce fait qu'on doit I'invention de la
Zf ri^ ''^^'^' ^r "^^"^ employons mainte-
nant k pousser rapidement les vaisseanT «„. i-
mcr, a iramer lets voitures sur les chemias de fei
' ^ 'i» MM
m
I
?
I
I
?
1S6
Bveo nne vltess^ bien Biip^rieure h, celje cViin
Mioval au aalop. On a donne le nom de bateaux
f vapour a'uK Lvires qui sont PO-B^s Pa--e
machine a vapeur, quoique 1^ . Pl^l^^\\ ^^^^1^3
fubidcations divetses.
Christophe Colomb.
Lo dccouverto du pauvre geograplie de Cordouo
fut'lSSi du ri)ndo. Colomb ne laissa m
enfl r son ame pa. ces honneurs dcceme« a 0^^^
nom ni humiUer sa modestie par les jalousies
nrcommen9aient k s'clever autour de sa gloiro.
VnLiv qu^il avait 6ie invite Ua table de Fer-
^mand et d'Isabelle, un des convives, envieux des
honneurs decernes. au fils ^ -^.^^^^^'it que n^i
kiidemanda astucier.sc: nent s il pcnsait luonui
utrere lui n'aurait d6couvert cet autre liemi-
L,too^dans le cas ou il ne serait pas n^. Colomb
SpoS point h la question, dans la cramte de
Iko taop Tu trop peu de lui-meme Mais prenant
un (BU^eatre ses doigts, il. B'adressa a tous les
convives et les invita h le fairo tenir sur un bout.
NTnTput parvenir. Colomb alors ecrasa I'ceu
nar une des extremit6s, et, le posant sur son oval
CL^ montra ^ ses rivaux qu'il n'y avait aucun
mSiteTns une idee si simple, mais que nul
renendant ne pouvait la soup9onner, avant qu'un
f ?.?:.?''?.lX.r n'en Gut donn6 I'exemple aux
E;t renvoya^t ainsi ^ rmspiratcm< suprCm.
olle cVnn
3 bateaux
par una
rt de ces
et qu'ils
cause de
?,trie, le9
foule de
Q Cordoue
laissa ni
:nes a son
1 jalousies
sa gloiro.
le de Fer-
ivieux des
de laine,
it que nul
itre hemi-
,. Colomb
craiiite de
bis prenant
a, tous les
ir un bout,
srasa Tojuf
ir son oval
vait aucun
s que nul
vant qu'un
Lemple aux
or supreme
lo m^rite de son entreprise, mais revendinuant
en meme temps pour lui eeul I'lioimeur de la
prmiaut^.
-— ..„ v^aiuuxiu u ueux places c
condmsait lui-raeme, faire une promenade^ du
matin aux environs de Vienne, 11 fut surpris par
vmo ""'^ ^^^^^6 ^ reprenait le cbemin de la
11 en etait encore eloigne, lorsqu'nn pieton, qui
regagnait aussi la capitale, fait signe au conduc
torn- d arreter-ce que Joseph II fait aussitot.-
Monsieur," Im dit le militaire (car c'etait un
sergent), - y aurait-il une indiscretion a vou d"
mander une place 4 cot^ de vous ? cola ne voiis
gcnerait pas prodigiousement, puisque vous (5tes
Bcul clans a ca eche et menagorait mon u^forn e
quo je mets aujourd'hui pour la premiere fois '•-!
Menageons votre uniforme, mon brave," liu dit
^'^fl?^^^:^\^fez.yons la. D'oii venez-vous P
Z 1 I K^^ sergent, " je viens de chez un
garde-chasse de mes amis, oii j'ai fait un fier
S'r- -"Q^^'T^--ous done mange de si
bon? --'\I>evinez."--Q„e sais-ie, moi, une
soupe a la bi^re ? "-- Ah ! bien oui, une eoupe
?u^ca?"^?T•T r^^^'/^^"^^^^^^ '"-'' ^« 'ux
que 9a. --;« Une longe de veau ? "— "Mieux nnp
ya, vou. oit-on."-" uh I je ue puis plus devkel."'
138
flit Joseph.—" Un faisan, mon di^e bommo, un
faisan tir6 sur les piaisirs de Sa Majeste,'' cTit lo
I ' ' eorgent en lui frappant sur Tepaule.--" Tire sur
ies piaisirs de Sa Majeste, 11 n'en dcvait etre que
meilleur ? " — *' Je vous en repouds."
Comme on approalmit de la ville, et que la pluie
tombait toujours, Joseph demanda h, son com-
pagnon dans quel quartier il logeait, et oii il vou-
lait qu'on le descendit. — " Monsieur, c'est trop
de bont^..." — ** Non, non," dit Joseph, "votre
rue?" Lo sergent, indiquant sa demeuro,
demanda h, connaitre celui dont il recevait tant
d'honuetetcs.— •** A votre tour," dit Joseph, " de-
vinez." — *' Monsieur est militaire, sans doute ? *'
— '« Comme dit monsieur." — *' Lieutenant ? " —
*'Ah! bicn oui, lieutenant; mieux que 9a." —
** Capitame ? " — " Mieux que 9a." — " Colonel,
peut-etre ? " — " Mieux que 9a, vous dit-on."~-
*• Comment! " dit 1' autre en se rencognant aussi-
tot dans la caleche ; " eeriez-vous fcld-marechal ? "
—•'Mieux que 9a."--*' Ah! c'est I'Empereur ! "
— «« Lui-meme," dit Joseph. H n'y avait pas
nioyen de tomber a genoux dans la voitm-e ; le
sergent se confond en excuses, et supphe I'Empe-
reur d'arreter pour qu'il puisse descendre. — " Non
pas, lui dit Joseph ; •* apres avoir mang6 mon
faisan, vous serioz trop heureux de vous debar-
rasser de moi aussi promptement ; j'cntcnds bicn
que vous no me quittiez qu'^ votre povte,"— Et il
I'y desceudit.
m
In;
-139
Lk Marchand de Petits Gateaux.
Le marcbantl de petits gateaux vint k passer
daiis la rue. C'^taii son houre. L'idoe de man-
ger dc8 petits gateaux se prescnta naturellement ^
mou esprit ; mais je me fis un scrupule de cedcr
a cettc teiitation de la cliair dans un moment oii
c'^tait sur lame qu'il m'etait enjoirt de travailler,
de fa(;on que, laissant le marchand attcndre ct
crior, je restai assis au fond de ma cliambre.
Mais ceux qui ont observe les marchands de
pHits gateaux savent combien ils sont tenaccs
enycrs la pratique. Celai-ci, bicn qu'il ne me vit
point paraitre encore, no tirait do cetto circon-
Btance aucuno induction facLeuse pour son affaire;
mais bicn au contraire, continuait a crier avec la*
plus rol)uste foi en ma gourmandise. Seulcment,
il ajoutait au mot de gateau repitbcto pressanto
de tout chauds, et il est bien vrai que cette epi-
tbete faisait des ravages dans ma moralite.
Heureusemeut je m'cu aper9us, et j'y mis bon
ordre.
Je crus devoir, cependant, ne pas laisser dans
son evreur cet honnete industriel, a qui je faisais
perdre un temps pr^cieux : je me mis a la fenetro
pom- lui diro, que je ne prendniis pas de gateaux
pour ce joiir-la.—" DepecJions," me dit-il, «'je
sms presse..." J'ai dej^t dit qu'il croyait en moi
plus que moi-meme.
— Non, repris-je, je n'ai point d'argcnt.
• — Credit.
— Et puis, je n'ai pas faim.
— Mcnsongc.
— Et puis, je sui8 tres-occupd.
uo
— Et puis, jo swh prisonnior.
— Ah ! Vous m'unnuyoz, dit-il en soulcvant
eon panier comme pour s'dloigner.
Co geste niG fit une impression protligieuse. —
" Atteudez ! " lui criai-je.
Quelques instants apros, une casquotte artist^-
racnt suspenduG a une ficelle bissait deux petits
gateaux... tuutchauds!
L'AVARE DE MoLlfeRE.
{Ilis moneij has been stolen.)
Harpaoon (criant au voleur dh le jardin), Au
volour ! au voleur ! ^ I'assassin ! au meurtrier I
Justice, juste ciel ! Je suis perdu, je suis assas-
Bine ; on m'a coup^ la gorge ; on m'a derob^ mon
argent. _ Qui peut-ce etre ? Qu'est-il devenu ?
Ou est-il ? 0^ se caclie-t-il ? Que ferai-je pour
la trouver ? Oil courir ? OA ne pas courir ?
N'est-il point la ? N'est-il point ici ? Qu'est-ce ?
Arrete ! {A lui-meme, se prcnant jmr le bras.)
lionds-moi mon argent, coquin... Ah ! c'est moi...
Mon esprit est trouble, et j 'ignore ou je suis, qui
je suis, et ce que je fais. Helas ! mon pauvre
urgent ! mon cher ami ! on m'a priv6 de toi ; et,
puisque tu m'es enleve, j'ai perdu mon support,
ma consolation, ma joie ; tout est fini pour moi,
ct je u'ai plus que faire au monde ! Sans toi, il
m'est impossible de vivre. C'en est fait ; je n'en
puis plus ; je me meurs ; je suis mort ; je suif
enterre. N'ya-t-il personne qui veuille me ressus-
citer en me rendant mon cher argent, ou en m'ap-
jjrciiuiit qui I'a pris ? Euh ! ^ue diteB-vuuj ? C«
Au
Ul
X v^u voicur. He l de quoi ost-co an 'on nnvlo 1-', 9
Biron salt des nouvclks rm'rvolouf^^r'
plio que I'ou m'ou di«o. N'ost-U vomtc■lT^^
parnu vo„s ? Ik mo resardont torifse motto .t
-ires, dcs a""Cfts p^"? tr'|o«t.rt;
mon ardent, je me penSm:!;mero "4;^"™
IS
ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY.
I IK
accent, (u-cfitu, m.
accuBing, acciuateur, m.
act, action,/.
active, ael^.
acUyr /icleur(m.), actricf,/.
vAmxvfibly, ndmirablemmtf
admire, v, (ulmirer,
after, apvhs.
after to-morrow, aprht-
dfitnain.
aftenioon, aprls-midt,/.
again, encore,
against, centre.
age, dge, m.
air-hole, soupirail, m.
alike, pareil,
all, lout, tout im,), toute,
toutes,/.
alma, anm6ne,f.ting.
alone, seul.
already, dijh.
also, a uj«i.
always, <o (your*,
ambassador, ambassadeur
(m.), amhmsadrice,/,
amiable, afwirtftle.
ancestors, dieux, m,
ancient, ancien.
and, et.
animal, animal, m.
anniversary, anniveP'
mire, m.
annoy, v, agacer.
answer, v, rijwndre.
anterior, antirieur.
a])ple,poTOWJ€,/.
arm-chair, fauteuil, m,
t-rrlve, r, arriver.
axmt, tanie,/.
avenging, vengeur.
bad, mauvait.
ball (a toy), balle,/.
baptismal, baptitmat.
be, r, £//•«.
beak, hec, m.
beer, bihre, f.
iKifore (of time), avant.
before (of place), devant.
beliind, dei-rii're.
Helgium, Btlijique,/.
believe (I), je croit,
bell, cloche,/.
bet, p, parier.
Ixitter, meilleur,
better, mieux.
big, gros.
bird, oiieau, m,
birth, naissance,/,
birthday ,an?ii»wia<»'e(m.)
de la nauitance.
bite, V, mordre,
by, par.
blacken, v, noireir,
boat, bateau, m.
bolt, verrou, m,
book, livre,m.
boot, bottine, /.
both, tous devT, m. pi.
brake for shoeing, travail,
m.
bread, pain, m.
break, v, catxpr,
break, p, romprt,
break, v, briser,
brief, brtf.
bring, v, apporter,
broad, large.
broken. cau4.
brother, /rire, m,
but, mait.
button, bouton, m,
\mtt<m-hook,tire-bout<m^
buy, V, acheter.
cabbage, chou, m.
carriage, voiture,/,
Ciistle, cfidlmu, m,
cut, c/tat, m.
cattle, Uinil, m.
cattlo, let besUaiix, tn.pl.
oeiVnif!, ]ila/ond, m.
cellar, c-aff,/.
ceitainly, cerlainement,
change, v, changer.
chapter, chapitre, m,
Charles, Chiirlet.
charming, enchanteur,
cheap, bon marclU.
cherish, r,cA^r<r,
cherry, cerise,/.
child, en/ant, m./,
Christmas, Noel.
church, 4glise,/,
class, clause,/,
clever, habile.
coat, habit, m.
coffee, cafi, m.
collar, col, m.
collect, V, (of taxes) p*r.
cevoir.
collector of taxes, per-
cepteiir. m.
complute, complet,
conceive, i*, conceimir,
concrete, conct-el.
consent, (imperat.) con'
setitet.
OODtant, eon(en(s
M ^ I H
)£ taxes) per-
:oncei!oir.
icret.
mperat.) am-
rorrc<!t, v,corriger.
corre-spond, r, corrt,.
jtondre.
country, papt, m.
cournge, couranf, m.
cousin, roiMin.Vn.
C0iwln,t0tt,rf„^,y;
crueJ, cruel.
onff, manc/iette,/,
cuv,t(we,/.
cut, V, couper.
D
dark, lombre.
daughter, /?///,/.
deiilor, marchand, m.
decayed (by age), crtrfuc.
deceive, p, (Ucemir.
deceive, «, tromper;
deceiving, trompeur.
deceptive, Irompfur.
aetend, t,d^t>nilre.
depend, V, dtpendr;
desire, v, ddsirer.
Of^ired {I), jeddiirais.
die (he would), « mour-
die (they would), iU mour-
raient.
difficult, dt^fc
dined, din4.
dinner, «Wn<?r,m.
discreet, dUeret.
dishonest, tnalhonnUe,
^\sh,plat, m.
do, v,faire.
dog, cAf«», m,
done, /ai^.
door.pOT-te,/.
doubt, », <towr^.
drive away, p, repouuer.
dry. ,f(»c,
dumi). TOMrt.
daring, pCTiAin/.
each, chaeun.
^aay./aeile.
eat, », manger,
effort, effort, m.
either, ou.
either (not...), non /)?«,.
fi-irst, mne.
embellish, », embellir.
Hi
ciiumy, mu.mi, m.
En^'lishnian, AnqInU, m.
iiiiglishwoman,^/(j//„/*./.
euKfiivinff, 'jmvurej.
enter, c, entrn'.
entirely, enliiremeru.
oven, mfmc.
evenini7,*>;fr, w.
overyou.;, /„«/ ;^ mondf.
everyone, ehacun.
examination, exnmm. m.
exercise, thime, m.
expensive, effr.
exterior, extiirieur.
extremely, extrhnement,
«yoa,peux,m.pl.
faded, /rtn^.
fiiithUilftdile.
fall, V, tomber,
false,/aux.
far, loin.
father, j)^rf, m,
t&n\t,faute,/.
fault, d4/aut,m.
favourite, favorU
leax.pfur,/.
feather, p;«nir,/.
feed, V, nourrir. \nuyer
feel (to feel dull), ien-
feudal, /A)rfa/.
field, champ, m.
flRht, v,combattre.
find, «, trouver.
fine, A«jtt, M, 6e/fc.
finish, i\flntr.
fish, poUson, TO.
fish, t',p^<?A^.
fisherman, p^rAfw, m.
nag, dntpeau, m.
flattering, /rt«rt<r.
flower, y/«/r,/.
foolish, /o»,/o/.
foreign, ^/mngrCT..
for,/?o«r.
formerly, nutr^ou.
fnn]r. /raiic.
French, //-rtwfrt/,.
frenchman, FrancaU, m.
Fn.nohwoinan, FranfuUe.
1 1 8Bh,/ra<»,
frfend, nw»/, <«.
ffV>ndM)iij,, „,,,,,■;>,/.
from, de, df la /Mir/ d«,
froiu (as srK.n as), uu
trujt,/r«4/,TO.
>?ame,>«/, m,
garden, mdin, m.
Kixs, ijaz, m.
general, (/Sndral, m.
gonins, g4„te, m.
pea tie, dousr.
gift, cadean, m.
f-'ivo, »', donner.
)-'ive way, r^.fe;..
^'Iveii, do«n^.
gliisa, terrr, m.
»"|J-child,/f/fc ,,/(,„.) ^y,|.
pood, fto/i (OT.), bonnf,/.
ffood-natured, W/nn,
goods, murchandine,/.
fir'^mm\\r,tjramminre.f.
grandfather, rtiV«/,,„.
(Ircftk, j/;vc.
guilty, coupiibU, m.
hun(^nome, beau, bel.'
iiapi)en,»,a/'>wiv7-,
happiness, 6<inArt//', m.
nnppy, heurtux.
have,»,at)oir.
he, i7.
head-master, principaL m.
hear, r, entendre.
heard, entfiidu,
heaven, df/, m.
heavens, cifi«r, tn.pl.
hedge, Aa/*-,/.
here, <«'.
here is, void.
here are, void,
hero, A^/w, »«., ^ nxp.
heroine, heroine,/., h mute,
high, haul.
his, ,vo», OT.
Y^^-lf sien{m.),la sie,n,e,f.
Iioliilay, CAjjigi, tn.
hook, hamefon, m.
hoop, cerctaii, m.
l^<.>l>*i,^*P^ranee,/.
horse, cheval, m.
^oat, Ml,, m.,h mute.
'^'•'^ "" ' w^ f m
144
1^ feii
I
hoimo, maiion,/.
hmiso Cat the— nf),c/iM.
how y cotnnmtU t
how muny ? combifn df f
how old nro you, quel dije
humanity, hvmaniti,/.
humility, humiliid, /.
hunter, cfuusfur, (»i.)»
chatmue. (In prose),/.,
c/tauet'eue (In i)octry)h/'.
X
I a.m, jetuU.
if, si.
ill, maJacU.
lllustrioufl, ilUutre.
Iniplovo, V, implorer.
imiKjrtant, important. \
imposition, ^e;MU»t, m.
in, dam, en.
intmatfirij'irieur.
ink, <'«(•/•«",/.
lnl<stand, encrier, m.
lnva<le, v, enrahir.
invite, e, in cjYw.
interior, intirieur.
it is, c'l.it.
Italy, ItalU, f.
Jealous, >aJo«x.
jewel, bijou, m.
i'USt,j(/i/^.
udtlce,j»««c«,/.
kill, t), /MW.
kind, indukfcnt.
knco, (fenou, m.
knife, cow;«i«,wi.
knight, chevalier, m.
know (they), ife *«p«i«.
landlord, propri^aire, m.
liingun«e, laiujue,/.
likr;?e, /rrr<;#.
last, drttiier, dernihre.
Into, /ord; it is Inte, «
M< fnrd; he is lato, il
fit en retard.
lazy fellow, pavetteua, m.
leaf of ft door, van/a<f »».
l<iarnt, u/'iirit,
'i-nao, 6ai<, m.
njiivc, t», laiuer,
lepal, W(/a'.
lent, /Jr^i/*/.
loss, moindre,
IcHson, l>'(on,/,
let, v, laimier,
letter, liUre,/,
Ix'wis, Louit.
liKht, lumikre, /,
lilac, liUu,m.
lily, /<j, w.
liKton, i», ^.couter.
live, r, denwurer.
long, icNi/, litngue ,- a long
time, longtempt.
h)»e,v,perdre.
lost, perdu,
louse, pf>w, m.
love, r, aimer,
loyal, ioya/.
M
mad,/o«,/o/.
magnillcent, magniflque.
major, majeur.
malicious, malin,
malignant, malin, ,
man, homme, m.
many, heaucoup.
mnrlile, Mile,/.
II ar 'lioness, nutrquite,/.
1. ar iiis, marquis, m.
nui^ier, m«t^;r, m.
maxim, mtixime,/,
moat, riande,/,
niilk,{»t7, m.
mine, miV/i, m.
mmc,mienTu,f,
minor, mineiir.
misfortune, mnlheur,m,
mistake, faulf^f.
money, ar{/nit, m,
mother, mtre,/.
much, biaiicoiip.
must (one mubt be), U
faiit tire.
must (I must), il/aut que
je... with Llie subjonc-
tive.
miite-, muft,
my, mon (jn.),ma^.
natl, cUu,m,
near, prkt de.
neglect, v, nigligft.
negro, nhgre (m.), ni-
gresu,/.
neighbour, voitin, m.
neither., nor, nl ni,
never, ne...jamaii.
new, ne>if.
new, rwuviuu, nouvtl.
niece, niiai,/.
no, nan.
nose, ncx, m.
numl)er, »u)fn^r^, m.
nut, Hotr, /.
obey, t», oM</' <k.
of, (//'.
often, souvfnt.
old, rf;/^; how old are
you V quel dge a rez-rous t
old, rieux, vieil, vieille.
omnibus, omnidu«,m.
on, sur.
once, unefoii,
o]^n, ouvei't.
or, ou.
order (in order that), qfln
que {sub},).
ordinal, ordmal,
orphan, orphelin (m.), or-
phelinej,
owl, hibou, m., h asp.
page, page,/.
paper, papier, m.
pardon, pardon, m.
IxiTcnt, parent, m.
parish, paroi.n*e,/,
patience, patience,/,
patient, pntii-nt.
pebble, caillou, m,
peel, V, peler.
pen,/)i«wi?,/.
penknife, can{f,m.
p«!rceive, r, apaceroir,
person , personne,/,
picture, iableau,m.
piere, pikee, f.
piece, morceau, at.
li.m.
V, iU\/Uger,
nttfre (m.), •<-
./.
ir, voiWn, m,
, uur, nl n<.
•...jamaU.
if.
ir<»u, nouMl.
twmorf,0t,
o
uvent.
I; how old are
juel dge a vfz-rous t
z, vieil, xMlle.
I, omnibus, m.
'foil,
vert.
\ order that), afln
ibj.\
ofdfnal.
orphelin (m.), or-
'J.
)u, m., A atp,
P
gej.
ipier,m.
pardon, m,
tarent, m,
\aroiMe,f,
I, patitnice,/.
pnthnt.
aillou, tn,
)eler.
me,/.
;, canif,m.
, V, (ipiiceioir,
jpfMnne,/,
tableau, m.
kffi. f.
oreeau, gi.
\<\iici', ptn,'>, /,
pluto, il.f.v',/tf, /,
I'l.iv, i\ ji»u)i:
plnriil, /./////,-/. tn.
l>»<>rru.iu(thi}),,,a>wn;m
P«'Ht f for lott.-rH). paste, f.
iwstirior, po$ii,ieur.
pour, r, verm:
IK)Wor, puij^mnee, f.
pniluo, r, /,)«pr.
piefcr, (', prf/en-r.
pivpiiro, r, priiHWer.
Vii^'Ut, pr&ient, m.
prvtty, hli.
Vriiiclpnl pHricipnl.
prfzp, prt.i; m.
ProUinm^r, pnifrtjieiir, m,
prophet, le prcpheJe (m.).
Ill proph^trxn,; f.
proU'Ctor, proterleur.
prond./ltVv.
Ve^Mwcii, provi)uie, f.
pnulciit,;./7/t/<-/i/.
public, puhJic, piihVque.
punish merit, puuitivn. f.
pupil, ,7,^,v,//(.4y:
purso, htnirxe,/.
push, r, ponxfPT.
put up with, t>, mipportei:
145
rcsiHJct, r, retpeeter.
return (jfivo hack), r.
rfitdre, '
nwiird, r, r^mmp-mer.
rowiinl, reiuinperue.f.
riimi,c/ir)nin,m.
rose, i-Dse.f,
roynl,, ■oi/ul.
ruddor, youvemall, m.
quarter, Irimestre, m.
quarter's rent, tonw, TO.
quick. (»(•/;
qu'ckly, i7//<..
qiii'i't, i-oi.
^^^ill plume c/.)a'oie.
U
rnin, pluie,/,
re.id, lu.
tcm]y,prit.
receive, r, recevotr.
received, refu.
rpcite, V, rScUer.
recovers (he), «i«rmrt.
red, ro»/j;f.
rwi, roux.
reflect, «, /•^//A:;ii/- d.
refuse, v, re/user.
replete, re^/rf. ' "" "'^•
«iicerdot(il, mcerdolul.
ftiirie. ;/i(im,'.
«iitis(ied, mli.^ait.
suucor, noHcoiipe,/,
f*.ivo, r. muier.
«rtV. «•, (II lesson), rdrlfer.
school, ^cv,/. (/.), e-t,//^
(m.).p,'n.<!ifi,, /
8. .ol-lioy, <ro/(;.,., ,;,_
Rt •ool.j,-irl, (i,.„//t/r,/.
8c..,.sor8, /m cimiuj:, m. pi.
scold, !■, gronder.
secret, .^c/v^
see '*" soe to), r, veiller H.
scei I'tt.
self, wii^/ne.
8Cl(ish,«?y,>l>^.
8«'ll, t>, vendre.
8»rvn- 'edomeMiqtieim.),
Id > ^tiijue, f.
Severn I /■ineur.i
shepho. 6„v<.;- („.)
shine, c, bi-nier.
shoo. soihi'T, m.
short. (■<;*//■/.
shout, i),(.77>r.
shut, I', ' • .i.r,
allk-han'dkerehior, /o«
siuK, I', chanter.
siuper, clunileiir, m.
sinner, j)4cl>eur (m )
pecherense, f.
sister, nceur,/.
slwps (he), i7 rfo,./.
sniiill, ;>?«/.
soft, /wott, mo^.
soinethinsr. auelmu rhosf.
nouyfih, m.
sooner, phis f6t.
I Boour.t(rdth(ir),pl„i6t.
L
sorrow, ehayrin, m.
Spiln, Esptvine,).
"[""ik, r, parltr,
n])"!. r, rcne.rser.
Hj'ite (in «pit.M,f ),»!«;-,/*
stained kI-ws winduw^
'•»//fli7, m.
Ktalrciuw, esmlier, m.
Htatlou, .; '
Btfff,/ df,.>,t<r 4
Still, nriif'if.
Htric .?(■ ,",•..,
strik , t>. Hipper,
strong. /;,■•.
Htudy. I) r; ./,•■..
stniiid, ,,■■ i,ir, ■
Biicteed, p, ;«(,«,,/r.
siictwd to, r.siia,: fer 4
summer, fVe?,^^
Kiilterlor, MijifS/i^ur.
»nro to, nlr de.
sweet, fA^/Af .
Hwimmer, n«f,,.ur (m.).
luujaiae,/. "
T
tailor, ^n7/, ur, m
take, pnnds.
tfilo, ro///,., ,„,
talkative, museiir,
task, devoir, m,
tax, i>i/)o/, m.
tax-collector, percepleitr.
m, '
that, w&f.
tea, /A»<, m.
tear up, v, dtchirer.
ten, //ir.
^naov\y,iendremetd.
torminute.f, ',■/;«<■, „.,..
tiger, /,V/;.e ^„j.^^ tiyreu,',
time. //-niyM, m.
thank you, merei, Je voui
rinifrrie.
^cva arc. ily a, roilii.
there is, j7yrt,t,„,rt.
thuie, le lien (m.). la
tiling, chote,/,
tliia, C(»ci.
this w (OT.;; cW im.u
cettejp; ces(pl.). ''
thniif^ht, pe}tji4>', t
thousand, ffu7'e,„4j^/4^
tl)rf)W away./etef.
tliy,^(./.
tie. fiocntP, ft
to, a.
t«-(liiy, auiour(J'hui.
togi'Uicr, enseinl'le.
to-morrow, dnmiin.
too much, trop.
toji, toiqiifi,/.
touch, r, toucher,
touched, Mwc/»^.
town, t'i7i^,/.
toy,.;oM;"«, w.
translation, tmduclion, /.,
version, f.
tnivcUcr. voyageur (m.),
voyagtnise, f.
tray, plateau, m. \
tree, avbre, m.
Turki8li,<«/'c,w., <?//•?«?,/.
twice, f/^HX /ot*.
twin,7«merttt.
two, deux.
uncle, oncic, m.
under, sous.
140
niiensy, inquiet.
uuhapiiy, miUlieureux.
upset, renversi.
vain. ra«n.
vainly, vdimmcnl.
very, .'z-^, ./'<"'<•
viciou.-i, vicit'ux.
villa^'c, villn'je, rn,
voice, voix,f.
W
waistcoat, f;/M,nJ.
wait lor, «, attcmlre,
want, r, auot'r besoin.
watch, niontre,/,
water, cau, f,
we, 7K»i/.s.
weather, timin, m,
week, simaine, /,
well, '»i' n.
what, <7(/cZ (m.), quelle,/.
when, quand.
where, oh.
which, qm'l{m.),qurllP,f.
wliitu, Llanc(jn.),Olaiiche,/.
who, (/Kf.
wilUl), ,;> r<'«*.
will (you), f""* vvutei.
wind, «*?n^ >».
wine, vin, m.
winter, hiver,m.,h mute.
wislieil,foM/M.
with, avLT.
without, s((ng.
woman,/' mj«<',/
vfork,v,lravaille,
work, ouvrmji-Jnivoil, m,
workman, oiivrier, rn.
workwoman, ouvriei'',/,
worse, pire (adj.), pis, adv.
year, on (m.), annd>', /.;
I am ten years old. j'at
di.r ans.
yc^, oui.
yci^terday, hier,
yet, encore.
yon, rous.
younp, inline, m.
young (the), le petit .
your,
voire.
FKENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULAEY.
ti.,
If*:
ilia.
M
f>k,haa.
in, to or nt.
& toi ( jo suis), / ihaJl be
ready for you, 1 iluili be
Willi you.
Rbandonnd, forsaken,
altord (d'), fir-flhj.
abreuver, to waler^ ,
absence, abaence.
accent, accent.
Bccompagn6, accompanied.
ac'-;c. -.ir.i ur, ucrusin^.
ftchetant, buying.
acheter, to buy.
achet(i, boiiijM.
achevons, let us finislt.
actif, active.
action, act,
actcur, actor.
actrice, actress.
adieu, good-bye,
adniirablement, admt-
rahhj.
admirer, to admire.
a-lorc (, , I adore.
adressa (b'), applit^d
ndiirT-ised;
to,
afln que, in onier
that.
affaire, b'/siness.
. „'accr, to annul/,
fig6, old.
age. age,
ai (]'),! have,
aidant, helidng.
a:\oa\,grandf lifter,
a'icux, «;iciv'(" :.
aiguille, 7l''(■d,^.
aimalile, «7ni«''fei
aimaut. loring.
aimer, lo h've,
aimu, Itjuvdm
? re«£.
, volts voutek,
,m.
m.
ver,m.,h mule,
lUlu,
sunf,
rDIJIIf,/
•availlei
vwjfjravdil, m.
, oiivrier, m.
laii, ouvrieif,/.
'•e iadj.), yis, udv.
ju ye;irs old. fai
».
y, Mer.
re,
».
furip, m.
thu), If pclit.
ire.
[LAHY.
le, in order
, b'isiness.
, to annvj/,
d.
/ have,
, hdidwi.
jrami/'i'/ifr,
C, »).'(litc.
le, nmial'le,
t, loving,
, /() /I've.
al <! (jo Ruis), /,(,,.„/.
■Alloiiiiifrjie^ On, nut, I a,
aller, /« ^/o.
allons, /p/ »« j,o.
aloi's, t/ien,
ambassaclricc, /., amUtsm-
dress,
fllllO, .TO!//,
anii,//(«jd;.
amiti6,//>iCTwfoA(p.
an, year,
anntie, year,
ancien, ancient.
anore, nnchor.
AnjfJais, Englvh.
animal, atiimnl.
auuiversaire, anniversary
antaneui, anterior,
Antoino, Anthoni/,
f^V<iro.&voir,to pnrnive.
fiVn-(;oit, perc'ivrs.
ai<ur9u,^(>/wjyerf.
ai)er9us (je m'eii), / ««•.
ceii-td it.
^Pcr-^nt, perceived.
appai'at, s/iow,
aii|)arfcint, hrlon'jrd.
ai)pli(iiids, ada],i,d.
apporter, to bn„<t.
a])riorto, hrniighr.
ap))roi„lsCj');y/,,^„.„^
apprennuiit, learnt.
apjjris, harnt.
appiochaifc, approchrd,
api-ts, fl/Av.
apit;s-mid),rt/to7ioo».
■Arahe,^/Y,6ja„.
ai lire, tree.
archei-s, boiimen.
aisront, money.
arineo, army,
an-acher, to take away.
anctei stop!
aiTcW, stopped.
an-iva, arrived.
aiTivent, arrive,
an-iver, arrive, happen.
ainvom, icill anirr.
ai-tistoment, skilfully.
as, /w* ■'
147
aSRfim1iI/.e, mctfnrr.
ns^i;ml)l(\s, «.9.othW((/.
a-i^(.'z, iiwuijU,
n.-fsintte, ;7fef/ft
Athulic!, Ai/iiilfa,
attoiKlrc, to wait.
atteuda, wait,
au, to ?//,..
auherf,'o, inn.
aujounrimi, to-day,
aiiniono, ahn.'i.
anpnnxvanb, (t,/ore.
aupr^s, 7im/'.
aura, will have.
aurait, would havg,
aiissi, rt/jo, as, w.
aiiAsitot, directly,
aufcrl, altar.
aiitoiir do, around.
aUtl-O, 0/,if-;..
autrefois, /o;7Wr-r/y.
avait, /irtrf.
avait (il y), there was,
avnub, before.
avaro, miser.
avarice, avarice,
avw;, with.
avez, /^rt('<?.
avidit6,«w"t?//'y.
avoir, to have.
avons (nous), tr^ have.
avoue, acknowkil'je.
ayaut, Aaojny.
a
ftssassin^, murdered.
baprue, rfnjjr,
baifjrner, to to/A^.
bail, /m.fe.
balle, Inll.
baptismal, baptismal.
bataille, battle.
bsitoau, boat.
hca,\i,flne.
Laauoonp, much. many.
bcl(m.), belle (^.),//«.
BelK;quo, Brlgium,
bcni, blessed.
b(5nif;, blesses.
borfrer, shepherd,
b6t,iil, rattle,
hoc, beak.
Wnin, f/nod-nafured.
besoin, mint.
bcsoin (avoir), to »rr,;'.
bleu, tff«, v«y, //jtfca/, (tc
b'<*n quo, allhouah,
bicro, fo>«\
bijou,>wp/.
billo, marlih;
blanch i, wliiimed,
blasi.hcmer, to blusphemt,
boil, j/oof/. ■< "•*
bonheur, happiness.
bon inarcho, c/iwp.
boiit^, kin<lnes^,
bottine, boot.
bout, fnrf. I
bourreau, executioner.
bOiU-so, purse.
bouton, ()utton.
boutoum^e, buttoned.
bras, arm.
brave, brave.
bref, &/•,>/.
briiler, to *Afw.
brisi^r, to 6/'m*.
briso (il),A^6y«<i-Ji
bruit, noiao.
?a, that.
caclier, to Aj'cfe, to conceaU
cacho./rom eacher.
cach('', concealed.
Ciuloau, f/ift.
cailuc, (ii'cayed by aae.
cat.', coffee.
caillou,/)eW)/ft
t;ali'ul, calculation.
caliche, open carriage.
cainarade, comrade.
cainiwA'ne, countn/.
cami)at'ue (rats on), tht
rats fall to again.
canif, penknife.
f^-^ntixtrice,f., professional
singer,
capitaine, captain,
capital, capital,
air, for,
cju-avano, caravan.
cardeur, wool-carder,
caa, ciuie.
Ciisquotte, cap,
cass(\, firoken.
canso, caiue.
onnse de (a), ,7« account at
CMusour, talkative,
cave, cefi^y.
148
m¥\
ee, ffiif.
occi, thK
c6tlcr, to ijli'e wnff,
celnl (\\\\,hevho.
cola, thai.
celui-ci, this one.
cependant, however.
ccrceau, hoop.
ccrtainement, cettaiuly.
ceriso, cheriij.
ces, these or those,
ccsse, ceases.
c(itto, this.
ceux, those,
ciiiicun, each.
chaprin, sorrow,
chair, flesJi.
chnleur, heat.
chanieaii, camel.
chanihre, room. '•
c}mmp,fiel/l.
chau'4cr, to chan.je.
clian}j:6, changed.
chanter, to sinrf.
chapitvo, chapter.
cimi'ge, load.
charpc, loaded.
chassirosse,/, hunirexs,
chat, cat.
cluiteiin, castle.
chanil, hot, tcarm.
chauffe, warmed.
clicmin, road.
chomin do fer, railroad
clior, dear.
ch( rir, cherish.
chcicher, to look/or.
cheval, hoi'se.
cl 10 valid*, ktiif/lit.
Chez, 'i the house of, to.
Chez (de), ^rom the house
of.
chercha, looked/or.
chien, doff.
chocolat, chocolate.
choisi, chosen.
chose, thing.
Colomb (Cfiristophfi),
ChrislKpher Colitm'ms.
chou, c/itilxige.
choucroflte, sauerkraut.
ci-dessous, here below.
ciel, heaven.
cit;iix, hriivem,
<;ui>.^, flee.
drconstancc, circum-
stance.
cisortux, scissors.
citadin, riti/ rat.
civil, civil.
clartc', cleiirness.
classo, class,
clocho, Ml.
clou, nail.
coi, quiet.
col, collar.
collt'",'e, college, school.
coinbattons, wejhiht.
coiul)atti-o, tofighl.
conibien, fiow, how nuniy.
conihlc ih son), at its high
enl point.
coniiiie, when.
commenco, begin.
comment, hotv.
commonoait, began.
cominis, committed.
coniineucemcut, b<gin-
VilKJ.
comiiiissaires, policemen.
com\':\s.\wTL, comi>anion.
complaisamiiient, 06/';;-
iiiijlii.
coniplot, complete.
conrtnotour, conductor.
condnisaib, conducted,
drove.
confoiid (se) (en cxcuser,),
maKes no end of excuses.
colonel, colonel.
coucevoir, to conceive.
conpe, holiday.
connais, know.
coiinnissance, knowledge.
connaiti'e, to know.
concrete, concrete.
cons(!ntir, consent.
considerable, considerable.
consolation, con-wlution.
contc, tale.
contenait, contained.
content, satisjied.
continuait, continued.
conWmvixait, continued
contraire (au), on tlte con-
trary.
centre, against.
convive, guesl,
orajt^in, rascal,
coiail, coral.
corriRcr, to eorreet.
coriompro, to corrupt.
cotti fd), close by.
couch6, li/ing.
coucherent (ila Be), thry
went to bed,
coup, blow.
conpablo, guilty.
coupe, brougham.
coupor, to cut.
com-, yard.
courage, courag*.
courir, to run.
cousin, cousin,
court, short.
couteau, knife.
couverc.lo, lid.
couvert, the cloth, the diH-
ner things.
crainte,/''!''.
crapaud, load.
cravato, tie.
cr(5dit, credit.
cri, cry,
ci'iait, called.
criant, calling,
crier, to call.
crier, to shout.
crois (jo), Ibeli''^,
croyait, believeu.
cru, believed.
cruel, cruel.
crus da), I believed.
emit (il), he believed,
cuir, leather.
dame, lady.
dans, t«.
dattca, dates,
de, of or from.
d6barboniller (so), to wash
one'." face.
d6barrasper (voiid), to rid
yourself of.
de'bout, vp.
dcScevoir, to deceire.
dtcerner, to award.
dechirer, to tear.
decouvei-t, uncovered, also
discovered.
d^couverto, discovery,
Ad^mt, fault.
d6tendre to defend.
d6f eiiseuv, defender^
k
to eorrfrt.
0, tn cornipU
close by.
<iin(j.
[it (ils se), thry
bed.
w.
, (jiiiiiy-
viKjIiam.
9 cut.
d.
couraga,
run,
Diisin.
Oft.
knife.
p, lid.
Ihn cloth, the din-
lUJS.
fiiir.
liKtd.
tic
•edit.
lUd.
(ilUng,
call.
shout.
\ IMi'^pe.
Orlifiveu.
n-ed.
ltd.
1, IhellrDPii.
, he believed,
ther.
tdy.
iatei.
7 from.
miller (so), to vash
face.
,SPor (voiis), to rid
elf of.
vp.
T, to deceive.
;r, to anard.
r, to trtir.
ert, nncoiercd, also
vered.
erto, discovery,
fault.
re to defend.
6^}h, ah-ratfff.
ddjcQiior, tmalfii.ft,
dolicieiix, deliciou*.
dcniain, to-morrow.
deinaiida, uxked.
deineure, residence.
denieuier, to reside, to live.
dt-pfichons, let us make
hrmle, quick.
dejiOcher Cse), to make
hiixte.
dopcndro, to depend.
d(>i)uis, since.
dernfi'rc, last.
d*roW, stolen. '
dcrriire, behind.
des, of or frotn the.
d6^, from, as soon as.
descendis (jo), / vent
down.
doscendit, set down.
desccndu, alighted, let
down, gone down.
dpscendre, to alight.
dd'sirais (jo), I d<:sired.
dossous, under, bdow.
d(''tale, /yrtc** off, scamper
donx. two. iaway.
dovuit, owed.
dcvant, before.
devenu, become.
devient, becomes.
devinez, guess.
devoir, to owe, to be obliged,
devoir (le), task.
divorer, to devour,
d6voi'6, devoured.
Didou, Dido.
Dien, God.
difficile, difflrult.
dlgne, deserving.
dimnnche, Sunday,
dina, dined.
dindou, turkey.
din^, dined,
diner, dinner.
Diogtne, Diogeneu
dJro, to say.
dis, say.
discret, discreet.
disparnt, disappeared,
dit, says.
divers, various.
divin, divitu.'.
149
do^n, plump.
doifft, finger.
df)lt, owes,
doiiiestique, servatU,
doD, gift.
done, thfn.
doiinw, gives.
donne, given.
doimer, to give.
doniiora, will give.
doimerai (jo), I shall give.
dont, of or from whoin.
dormir; to d<ep.
d«rt (il), he sUeps.
dos, back.
doute, doubt.
doutor, to doubt.
donx, swerf, gentle.
drapeau.y/agr.
cau, water.
eolatcrait, burst.
(ico)e, school.
(^colier, schoolbotj,
(icoli^ro, school; fir L
dcrasa, crus\eti.
dcria (s"), cried out.
dcrirc, to wrile,
(icris (3*), I writ,',
effet^tivement, imieed.
eflets, effi'cts.
effort, effort.
efifraj'er, to frighten,
dgal, equal.
dpalement, equdlly,
^^nrer, to misleniL
(ifrlise, church,
dgoiste, selfish,
eh I ah !
Elincin, Eliacin.
61(',ve, pupil.
«51ovor, to bring vp,
Clever (s'), to rise.
clfo, she.
(51oiKn6, distant,
iloipner, (g'), to go away.
<5mnil. enamel.
emtjellir, embellish.
emparor de (r"), to stize,
enipea^, starched, stiff.
eniploi, emplnvmeni,
enii'loyd, emplniird.
emiiloyons (noixs), «« <>m.
ploy.
emrorcnr, emperor.
emi)oisonii!i. poisoned.
enipoisonnaient, iwi.mnei,
CI 11 porter, to carnj a nay,
einporto, curries away.
cn, of if, of them, d-c.
en, in, into.
enchantcur, charming,
eiicon-, i/el, again, still,
encro, ink.
cncriLT, inkstand.
enfant, child.
eut'crnio, shut up.
onjoint de (il luVitait), t
have received orders to.
cnleve, taken auu'j.
eniKjmi, uvmij.
enniiyo, annoi/id.
enniiycr (s'), to be dull,
cnsninblo, togt ther.
cnten-i', burii-d,
cntuii'liiout, heard,
entendre, to hear.
entcnds, /i,a;-, intend,
cntcndu, heard.
cntii'i-ciiiont, cnlirehj.
entrniuer, to camj away,
to f)e carried away,
cntrc, among.
entrej^riso, undertaking,
cntrei, to enter.
entretien, cMiversution,
cnvnhir.to invade.
en vers, towards.
envieux, envions.
('\y.xn\Q, sl^ouller,
t'pio, watched.
t;pitai)he, epitaph,
epithete, epithet.
en-cnr, mistake.
es (tu), tJIwu art.
escalier, stnirca.ie.
Espripne, Spain.
cs^HJrance, ho}^, .
esprit, mind, sjiirU.
est, is.
et, and.
6taient, were,
6tai3, was,
6tait, was.
<^t6, been.
6t<i, summer.
«5tend (s'), extendi.
6tonuement, astonishm^it.
€ti-e, lo be.
*tni]ier, to stuclyt
en, find.
eiih I eiih I
eut, hiid.
eux, tliein.
tveillo {s,'),atcnkes.
examcn, "Xdminntion,
excuse, excuse.
exoniplo, PTample.
explication, <x;)/«n«/i(>n
expliqiio, explains.
exWricur, extei-ior.
extroniiW, enil.
extienioment. extfemel)/.
T
tabrication, fa bricaf ion.
fachouse, vuijlcdsunt.
facile, v(wj, j
fn^on, maiinev,
fnim, fniDf/e. .
fairc, to (h).
fais (jc), I do
faisais, dhl.
faisait, did.
fai!inn,p/ieasant.
fait,/rt(7.
foit, done,
fait, does.
faites-vons, do you do t
tau6. faded.
fanttmo, (/host.
faudrait (il), it would fje
ncccssnry toj /, pou, d:c.,
must.
faux, false,
faate,f<tuli, mistake,
faTori, fa rofite.
fantonil, aimchav
fant (il), it is ihxesmry (/,
you, he, d-c, musi),
fcld-maiiSclial, fitld-mar'
shah
femino, iramnn.
fcnGiro, triniiow.
Idodal, feudal,
fer, iron,
for (clifimin de), rrilteay.
fcrais (jo), I should do.
formo.farm,
fci-mcr, lo shut.
estin, /'Oiiquet,
tbeff'UMt,
150
fcnfllage,/b/«Vrff*,
flcellc, tiring.
MLleJailliftit.
fier, foud.
ficv If'jcflncr, a firsl-rate
breakfast.
fllh', aiii.
fillnni, godehihh m.
lilleiile, godeltild,/,
fils, son.
fiJIo, daughter,
fini, fiuished.
finir, to. finish.
firent, did,
lis, did,
fit, did.
fliittonr, ftaltcrlng,
fleur, /foifCT".
foi,/fr (■///.
foi (ina),«;ir)n mfi faith, or
vpon mil word.
fois (uuc.ileux, tiois, &c.),
once, twice, three times,
»(c
fond, bottom,
force, strength.
forger, to forge.
fort, strong,
fortoiiient, strongly.
foil, mad, foolish.
fonlo, crowd, quantity,
h-di-i, fresh.
iranc,frank.
frni^ais, French,
frni)pant, sinking, knock-
ing,
frapper, to strike.
frrre, brother.
frissoimer, to shiver,
froimipo, cheese,
U-nit, f/uit,
fut, was.
O
pmpo(jo), /6e/.
i.:n]op, gallop.
garda de (so), fco/t care
not to.
gardo-cliasse, gamekeeper.
gave, station.
gAtcan, cake,
gaz, 5f(f«,
Cazon, grast,
gcndanne, country-police'
maiu !
Ri'nferal, general,
gcius, instruments 0/ tor-
fic'iuis, Ginoa, \,ture,
gvnio, genius,
gonou, knee.
gonp, people,
g('otriai)lio, geographer,
gcrto, gesture,
gilet, tvaislcoat.
glisstS slipped.
gloirc, fif/o/-y.
gorge, /A/ (yrt^
goiirraandiso, greedinrst.
gouvcrnail, rudder.
griice (do), yo;- merey't
sake,
graminnir<>, grammar,
grand, ^(/;, (//vr;/.
grandour, grrainess,
gravurc, engraiing.
(ircc, Greek.
Qrt'ce, Greece.
grele, //«i7, sometimes
shou :r,
groiider, to scold,
gros, big,
. grosoilles, cvrrantt.
gueulc, mouth.
hidiile, clever.
habille (toi), dres^ I'ota*
self,
liahit, coat.
haie, licdge,
hait, //«^M.
haran^nie, address.
harpagon, miser,
lift to (so), hastens.
haut, /oV///.
hunt (h'i), ?/;) //wA
hoi ('7j/
hi'las! <,:,ts I
hi'mi!i])hbrc, hemisphere,'
ricDri. /Iturii.
Henrique, iLnriquez.
h6ros, hero,
hdroino, heroine.
lieure, hour,
heurousenient, happily^
heureux, happy.
hil)ou. Old.
hi<!ous, hideoti^
1 '
«V)«M Inrottf^
151
i), dresi four*
nJcr, fifslfii'iffiff.
his.-riit, hoisted.
hiver, winter.
homicide, murderer.
lioiiinio, man.
hontiote, honest, good.
liouiiOtetds (taiit d'), so
much politeness.
honneurs, hononri.
houteux, nshnmed.
horlose, clock.
hon-Mo,/righ(/ul.
hotc, /(()*/.
hotesso, hostess.
hiiit, I'ii/ht.
hnmilicr, to humble.
hnmiVM, humilili/.
humauiW, hum^inily.
X
fci, here,
i(l(''p, iii>n,
igfioio (j'),Ido not know,
il, //<-.
illiistre, illustrious.
Us, thoy,
inii)l()rer, to implore.
inii)ortnnt,i}npor/(int.
i m 1 )0S3i ble, imjtusi ible.
iiiipot, tux.
ini pression, impn ssion.
incimau, unknown.
iniM(\ai\nt, indicating.
iuclulKont, kind.
ind nstriel, mcin n/aclurer.
infoi-ieur, inferior,
inqiiiot, nnensy.
lns])irateur, inspiring,
inffocte, insect.
instant, instant.
intention, intention,
inivi'ionv, interior.
iuteiTompre, to interrupt.
inviision, invK-inn.
invcntcm; invcn/or.
invention, inveniion.
Invitcr, to inrite.
Invitn, invitiil,
liivit'j, gncsl.
invo(]ue (j'), I pray to,
\r;i, irill go.
' 'Oil.:, will go.
^silK'llo, Isnbdla,
lta2ie, /{df!/.
J
talousiejealousij.
J iiloux, jealous.
amais (ne...), never,
jardin, gardctw
JavoTot, javelin,
if. I.
Jean, John.
]/'ter, to throw away.
jot(!, thrown.
jctte (jni, /throw.
jcu. game.
.jcmli, Thursday.
jciino, young.
}oii>, joy.
ioU,ptitty.
Josopli, Joseph,
.loner, to play.
\on]<m,game, toy.
jour, day.
jume,iu,/*ct'/».
^npo, judge.
juste, .;'«.5^
.iu.-itoinoiit./H.s/Jy.
in^V,^, justice.
la, the.
lA, there,
laliaut, lip there.
liicha ril), he let go.
limine Mol, [himself.
lius'ant (se), allowing
liiisse Qg), Heave.
laissor, to ff^ive.
1m it, miH
lance (h,, he throws.
Inngite, language, tongue.
laipre, large.
lavor, to wash.
le, the.
lefon, lesson.
lepal, legal.
Icndemaln, the morrow.
Icnileniain matin, next
morning.
Lionidas, Zconidas.
les, (he.
lettro, hiler.
leur, their.
Icurs, fhnr,
leva (se), r/o/ wp.
levaib(f;c), got np.
lev(i, tt^), out ofb'd,
lever, ^o i(/i! np.
lover (so), to ye^ tip.
li< 'ifonant, lieutenant.
lilus, /)7«r.
lire, to ?-c(idm
lit, /»e(f.
livre, book.
livree, licerjf.
lis, lily.
logeait, lodiji^ \
loin, /an
loi.^ir (a), at Utsurk
loii.cr, /««(/.
loHKo, loin.
lors do, «/ M.. time of.
lorsqne, whei.
lone (il), he praises.
long, ^;//;/.
Lonig, Lewis.
longtcnips, n long lime.
loner, praise,
lonp, jro//.
loyal, loyal,
111, r<?n:rf.
Incur, glimmer,
lui, A/', /(/?n.
lui-mPme, himself,
luisjint. shining.
luisant (vcr), gloip-uorm,
lumiero, light.
lundi, Afonday,
lune, moon.
ma,/, my.
Miicedoine, medley.
machine, machine.
madnnio, maik.m.
maeriiifique, magnifiee-
ninin hand.
maintxjnant, now,
mais, but.
maison, house.
maltra, master.
itiajest6, maj'sty,
majenr, major,
mnX.evil.
milade, ill. {dons,
malin. malignant, muli'
mnlcr^, in sjiHi' of.
miilhour, iinhappiness.
mailiounnix, unhappy,
manidTHH'tp, dishonest.
manchutto, cuff,
mnn^f', eaten.
mnntfer, to eat.
manf,'crons (r.ous), vm
sh'i II cat.
maniore, manner,
manq uait, failed.
niar<!ltait. tmlh'd,
niarcliandis", goods.
marcher, to walk.
mardi, Ttu-sday.
marn i te, .w? »«•/>) 'a,r%,
mai-quip, mnrq j(j;
21 artin, Jiarliit,
15^
•nntln, m(inun(/,
matinal, miiy tHsef.
maiivais, bad.
maxinio, maxim.
mo, mi:
mMitd, meditated,
meillciir, b.jttet'.
mSmc, mme.
mOnic, stlf,
mCnio, ( vm. {cted.
menuco, mmnced, threat-
njeiiiipfcons, let m mve,
sjiuri:
mdnngcrait, would lao:;
spare,
mcner, to lend.
mv:n&mp,i::, falsehood.
nicr, .vu. [you.
nierci, tlmnk, thanks, thank
nicrao'li, IF, dnesday.
iii6ro, mother.
mt^rite, ment. i
m('Titoiit (ils), they merit.
mc'-^-eilleux, marvellous.
messiiger, messenger.
mots, .'oud,
mcta{i^,lpvt (on).
mcttenti'irire (Us so), they
Imr.sl o>i( hnif/hiiig.
mettez-voii,, nluce your-
self (ul do lir.;,
vmiltc, to put.
meurs (jo mt;. / urn
dying.
mourtrier, murderer.
tniili, noon.
niicnnc (la), mine.
niicux, (letter.
tant mieux, so much the
better,
milieu (au), in the middle.
tniUtahv, soldier, milita>TJ-
man.
millo, thousand.
millicr. thousand,
mine, I 'Ok face.
miiicur, minor.
minuit, midnight.
minute, minute.
mis, dressed.
mis bon ordre (j'y), I put
a stop to it.
mit (il so), he bcaaiu
rait, placed.
moclcstie, modesty.
moi, /, try niji^ jjjrt
moi-mCme, myself.
xaoindre, kst.
moina (au), at lecut.
mol, m, soft.
moUo,f,.ioft.
nioiiiout, moment,
muu, my.
moD ;1 0, world. [Iwdy.
mondo (tout lo), eve/-y-
monseiguour, my lord.
monsieur. Sir.
roonti'a, showed,
montro, miteh.
morulito, muraUty.
morcuau, piece.
mordro. lite.
mcYt, d'ttUi.
niort, rl -"I,
mot, unro,
niou, soft.
niourir, ti> din,
mouiT;iipnt. fi"',-. ; fir,
mourui\:at, ihiy ,:.'-i ircd.
moyrj.), means.
nini't, (iniiib.
miu", imll.
»r
nace ()i la), by swimming.
an, < ur, swimmer.
naissnnco, birth.
naissaiioe (jour de), birth-
ilini.
natation, swimming.
navire, ship.
no, no, twl.
no... plus, no more.
ne...quo, only.
no ..rieu, nothing.
n6, born.
n(icessit6, necessity.
negligcr, to net/I, ct.
ntigrosse, negress,
neuf, new,
noz, nose.
ne...ni, ntilher.
ni6cc, niece.
Noel, Christmat.
noir, black.
noircir, to blacken.
noi.sctte, hazel nuts.
noix, walnut.
nom, name.
nombrc, number,
nonil)reu.se, numerous,
nonuaez-vous (couimcut
vous)? what it your
fi(imi; f
non, no, not^
notre, our.
nourrir, tofeccL
luiurrit (il), fiefeedi,
nous, ice, us.
i-ouvcau, new,
coiiveau (,<le), again.
nonvel, m, net-:
nouvclio,/, Tuw.
nonv 'lininent, J^/.-,' /■■/.
nou/ijie.^ {ilos),HiWi)
nuit, night.
nul, no, not one
O
olx'ir, to obey,
Ohlipo, oliliged.
ohi.'\u-c\.'ih,icured.
obT\v\\ii]ou, observation.
oh:ci've, observed.
ot:u|io-t-il (fi, quoi tf),
what does he do f
ocenp6, employed.
OJil, eye.
ecu f, egg.
offert, offered^
oie, goose.
ois(!au, bird.
ombre, shadow.
omnibus, omuibtis.
ou, one, they, you.
oucle, uncle.
out (ilo), they have.
ordinal, ordinal.
ordre, oi-der.
ordre (j'y mis bon ordre)
I put a stop to it.
or])lielin, orjihan.
ortolans, ortolans. .
ou, or. ,
oil, where.
ou (d'), whence.
oui, yes.
ouvert, open.
ouvrago, work.
ouvricr, workman,
oval, oval.
Pftcifique, Pacifie, ■■
pngcpage.
pain, bread.
panier, basket.
pajja, papa.
papier, paper.
par, by,
paiaitre, to api nr
pardon, iHird< a,
pareil, alike.
parent, parent,
paresseux, idU,
•RO:
r
153
to/eei,
[il), lie/eedt.
, us.
, neic,
(do), again*
/, 7U'tO.
nent, &.-,' /y,
i (ilcs),M,«i*
vt one
O
Uged,
■^scured,
m, ob.wvititon,
'iservfd.
1 (& quui 8*),
IS he do f
nployed.
red.,
•d.
idote.
omnibus.
'V, you.
Ir.
hty have,
•dinul.
mis bon ordr*)
toj) to it,
"j'hnn,
<ftolans, .
erne.
ft.
ork.
Paci/ie. .
■\,~
ket.
tRO:
er.
X
r
•di II,
ent.
parlor, .'j bd.
V!\r\or,lospft,'\
inirhv: ,», / v..tA
paioissn, parhh
pars (jo), I go (may.
part, part.
part 4 (ils ont), they have
a hand in.
partntror, i(> divide,
pai-vfuir, ('• reach, succeed.
pas, fiot,
j>as(<it,nt, pamr-fty,
PiiUmJ, paltruiil.
v)atience, pntitiice,
pilturo, /ood.
Paul, Paul.
piiuvrc, poor.
pays, country.
pficher, tojixh.
pCchciir.yJito-wian.
pt'chorcssc, sinner,
peino (A), hardly.
pcuulaiit, duri7ig.
pendrai (jo me), / shall
luing myself.
pcndre, to hang.
pensjiis (jo), / thought,
pensait (il), he thought.
VcnseQo), I think.
penste, thought.
pensor, to think,
pensuni, imposition.
percevoir, to colli-ct tares,
perceptenr, collector of
pcrdit, he lost, Itaxe's,
pcrdro, to lose.
pordp, lost.
pi:TC, father,
pcrles, j)rarls.
Perses, Persians,
personne, person.
personno (jcith iie), no-
body,
perte, loss.
petit, little.
pen ■' fo.
*" mr.
i ... can.
pen* etro, perhaps.
ph plioriqiie, phosphoric,
pio( \ piece.
pieu, /oot
pied (A), on foot,
pique do (je me;, / boast
"/, I hare pretentions to
Pierre, Peter.
plre. irorsi'.
ifivioQipedcsOinn,
place, place,
placer, to plaof,
plafond, ceiling,
plaiprnait {se).compluined.
pluislr, pleasure,
l)laisirs, preserves.
plat, dish,
plateau, tray. ,
\i\c\ix,full.
plourait (il), //'' tcept.
pleino (il), he ireeps,
plnio, rain.
plume, pe-n.
plupiut (hi), the moit purl.
plmicl, plural,
plus, more.
plus (ne...), no more.
plusieurs, several.
plutot, rather,
poids, ueiijht,
point, not.
poinme, the apple.
'jxiisson, /t.:h.
lioit.mt, liearing,
porte, door.
porte (jo moi), I l-ear my-
self, I am.
portent (ils), thc-y^ bear,
carry.
porter, to bear, carry.
posnnt, putting,
possi^dor. In jiossess.
posto, post (.for letters).
potencc, gallows.
pou, louse,
pour, to, for,
pourquoi, ,rhy, [able.
pourras (tu), thou wilt be
ponssti, puxhed.
pousser, to push.
pouvait, iras able to.
pratique, practice.
preferer, prefer.
Vn\mQv,_first,
prouiint, taking.
prcnd, lakes,
prcuds, take.
prondrais(je),/«Ao»/W /a;te.
preparer, to prepare.
pros, near.
pri'sent, present,
present (il), now.
pressunto, pressing, urgent,
prossfl, pressed,
pressiS, in a hurry.
pressii (n'eut "rien do
plus), teas in a great
hurry to.
pretend (11), he presumes,
pr6t^, lent
prCt, ready,
\m-Vut,))rovost,manfstmttk
primaut6 (I'liomiciir de
la), the honour . luing
Ihejirst,
prineo, jn'ince, jna-tter.
principal, principrl laud-
pnsoii, iirison.
prisonnicr, prisoner.
prit, he took.
pviv6,deijHK<d.
piix, prize (ind pi ire.
prodi;rionx, ///■(»«//;//,. 7.».
prodii:iou8enieiit,' pr<,dt-
giouslii.
profc!ss(uir, professor.
proi(!, preij.
promeuiide. unU:
promonc^ (je mo ;;uis), /
look a milk,
proiiietLro, /« pr< mi.<:e.
proinis. pnmii.^id.
prophi'ti', prophet.
prouiptf-nient, piompihi.
propose (jo mo), / pro*
pose.
proimY'tnire, A/wrf/o/'d.
prott'cteur, protector.
provision, slock.
prudent, prudent.
public, public.
puisque, .WRV.
puissance, poin-r, [be able.
pnisse (qu'il). Ihtit he iiiuy
puissions (<jue nous) that
ice map be able.
pnits, well,
inmi, punished.
pnnit, he punishif).
pnnition, punishment,
put, could.
quand, what,
quant h, as to.
quurticr. distinct,
quatrc, /()?<;•.
que, than,
que, that. [mnn».
quo for combicn, Aow
quo (ne...), on///.
quel, what.
qnel(juo, some.
qnelqu'un. somebody,
qniriv, to fetch.
question, question,
question, torture,
qui, uito, tfuiL
151
■fff"!
m
It:
qnlttcr, tn Jrnw, to pari
from.
qiiittez, fmm quitter,
quoiqno, tliowjh.
ricontiv (il), related.
liiide, stiff.
rmnnsso (on Ic), one pick's
il III', it t'.v pir/.iil up.
ra;)i(k'incnt. rapidly,
nii'porU (II), Itti brought
l.uck.
rnre, /are,
rat, mt,
ravftffcs, havoc, nHvages,
rocevoir, to receivr,
roccvait, he received.
reciter, to rtcite.
re^ois, receive.
PDcoUc (on lo), « U ituek
together again.
recfimponso, reward. i
r(''(.'fimponsor, to reward.
recotinniHsant, grateful.
re; 11, received.
rodingote, frock-coat.
rcfiisor, to refuse.
regiiKTiait (la capitalo),
wv(,s- ijoing to the cupital.
r6f;a,\,fetist.
rcf,'ar(icnt (ils), they look.
rcffavds, looks, eyes.
tQhiifs,fragmmts,
reniet (il re), he recovers.
Tcmv)lit, ^lled.
rencopuant (se), putting
himself in the corner.
riuicontrer, to meet.
reiiilant (se), returning,
going.
rendre, to give back.
rends, return, give hack,
ro)il'e''m(5, contained.
rcuvorscr, to spill, upset.
r(^nvoyant, sending back
or away.
rt'pnnda, from ripundre,
to shed.
riiparor, to repair.
rcpentir (so), to repent,
n'pliqun, he replied.
ropliqne, replies.
reponiiit (il), he nrumered.
rcpondre, to nnswer.
rcipon'W fjo), J answer.
rt'ponds (jo vdus on), J
promise you, I assure yo u,
S^ponso, ansuer.
repose, he reposet,
reiioussor, to drive nteay.
reiireiuiit, he took again.
representation, represen-
tation.
repris-je, /replied,
roj'fit. rcjilied.
Beprit, took lujain,
roiiijto, resist.
respecter, to respect, '
ressiisciter, revive,
tester, to remain.
restorait.Ae would remain,
retire (so), retires.
retrouvo (je), / find
again.
rt^mslr, to succeed.
rove, dream.
rt'vo, dreamed.
revcndiquant, claiming,
revfitu, covered.
rcvint (il), he came again.
revu, seen again.
ric\K, i-ich.
rieu (no...), nothing.
rirc, laugh.
riviiux, rivals.
riviere, river.
robiisto, sturdy.
roi, king.
ronipro, break.
rose, rose.
tCtt, roast meat.
rouge, red.
roux, red, sandy.
royal, royal.
rne, street.
rustique, rustic, the jfleld-
rat.
sa, his. Tier.
snblc, sand.
sac, sack, bag.
sacerdotal, sacerdotal.
siiint, holy.
sais (je), I know.
sait (oh), they know.
salle, room.
sained i, Saturday,
sans, without.
sauver, to save,
savent, kiwwt
scrnpnlc, scruple.
se, himself, themselves,
sec, dry.
ficcondo, second,
secret, secret.
senmine, week.
I semblnH, appmredt,
Benihio, appears.
sera, will he.
Bcrait, would be.
seriez (vous), yeu teouti
be.
sergent, sergeant.
sorvanto, maid-servant,
Bcs, his, her.
seal, onlij, alone.
severe, strict,
si, if.
sienno (la), his. Iter,
sigue, sign.
simple, simple,
six, .v(.f.
BCPHr, sister.
soin, care.
Boir, ivening,
soit, lie.
soiont, let them be,
solduts, soldiers.
sole! I, sun.
sombre, dark,
soinmeil, slei'p.
son, his, her.
songc, driiim.
soiiner, to ring.
sont, they are.
sort,/((<t'.
sortons, let us go out.
Boucoupe, saucer,
soufflait, l)lew,
soulevant, rating.
sonl6verait, would raiM,
Soulier, shoe,
soup^on, sttspicion.
soup^onner, to suspect,
soupc, soup.
soupirail. air-hole,
sou, sou, a half-pennif,
sous, under.
souvenir, remember,
souvent, often.
Spartiates, Sparkint
Bj)ectre,siK'ctte.
stupido, stupid. '
succ6der, to succeed, i
Buis ( je), lam,
suit, follows.
superlw, proud (man),
supd-rieur, superior,
sui^plie, entreats.
support, support.
supporter, lo support,
sur, on, upon.
Kdr, sure,
suniris, surprised.
. Buspundrc, >» susneix^
165
ta. Ihii.
tiiMeiin, pirlure,
tailleni-, tuilor,
tant, so much,
tiiiito, auni,
tiiiifc mieux, to much the
liftler.
tapis, carpet,
tnid, late.
tttsse, cup.
tato (il), hefeelt.
tc, thee.
tel, such,
teinide, temple.
Wuioin, wiineu,
temps, lime.
teiidce, letuiciout.
tc\mit(il),heh(l,1.
toiidrnment, tnulet-hi.
tentatiou, temptaiion.
terme, qii<trter\i nnt.
tonniner, to terminate.
t}l('!, tea.
thtme, e.rerciie.
tigro (wi.), ii(jer.
ticrcsso (/.), liijreu.
Hon (le), thine.
tiniido, timid.
tirait, drew,
tiro, shot.
tiru, pulled.
tire-bouton, button-hook.
toi, thee, to thee, etc.
tombaifc, he fell.
touibe (il), hefalU.
tomber, to fall.
ton, thy.
tot, soon.
touchd, touched.
toiioher, to touch.
toiijours, always.
tonpio, top.
tour, turn.
tour (i votre), it U your
Ivrn,
tout, all.
tout (pas dn), not at all.
tout-a-coap, suddenly.
traduction, translation,
trahi. betrayed,
train (en), o< «.
taiincr, to drag.
traiti-e, traitor,
V 'ttv, fTtt/EJ,
trttvnii, woric
travail, brake for thoHntf
hor.ten,
travailler, to work.
traversalt, he crossed,
trts, very.
tr(''sor, treasure,
tri-to. sad,
triiis, three.
trompor, to deceive,
tronipunr, deaivrr.
tioiie, throne.
trop, too much.
troubia, he disturbed,
tronbli!, disturbed.
trouva, he found.
trouvc (il), hejinds.
tr(juver, to find.
tvonv(:TCut{il3), they found.
tu, thou.
tuer, to kill.
tuiL-rcnt (ils), they killed.
Tare, Turi:
Torquio, T/irketj,
un, a, one.
uno, «, nih:
uniforme (*), uniform.
V
vain en), uj r«fn.
vainement, vainly,
vaisseau, vessel,
ya,\vt, footman.
vantail, Intfofa door,
vapour, vapour,
vaso, znse.
veau, calf, veal.
vciller 4, /o .sw to.
vendre, to sell.
vendredi, Friday,
venez (vous), you come.
vengeur, avenger,
vent, tcind.
vcr, norm.
ver-luisant, glow-tcorm.
vcrre,' glass.
vejTcz, you trill see.
venou, fiolt.
verscr, to pour.
version, trannlatiotu
verto, green.
voux (jc), / lOiU.
vinndo, meal.
'ivioux, vicious,
vie. lij'e.
y[Qi\, m,,olu.
vJelllo /, orf.
vicndrc?! (vou^). ytm tr^H
come.
■Vionno, Vienna.
vieiuio, hi him cnw\
viennont (ils), thry cunit,
vims (jo), I cvine.
vipu.x, m, old.
vif, quick.
ville, tou-H.
vilhige, village.
Viu, wine.
Vint, (-((WW.
Vint d, happened to,
violon, violin.
vit, j^tf.
vite, quickly,
vhcyi^c, siciftness.
vltrail, stained glass-wif^
dow.
vi\Te, to live.
voici,he7-e is, here ai-e.
Vdilii, there is, there ura,
voir, to see.
vois f/om voir.
voisin, niiijhlxiur,
volt (il), /(« ,!,fj.
voiturp, carriage,
voix, z/oic*?.
vol, rAp/r.
voleur, thief,
vos, your,
votre, your,
v6tre (le), yoKr#.
voulu, wanted, wished,
vowlraa, future of vouloir
voudroDs, future of voa-
loir.
vouluit, he wanted.
vouloir, to want, to wish.
voulut. he wanted.
vous, you.
voyait (se), he saw himself,
voyufce, journey.
voyageait. he tratfelleii,
voyapeant, travelling,
voyatrc'iu', travdUr,
vrai, true,
vu, seen.
vnc, view.
V
yenx, ej/es.
y, t/tere, to il, eta
s6Io, zeal.
/AMES CAMPHELL fc SON'S
EDUCATIONAL SERIES,
FOR
ONTARIO COLLEGIATE INSTITUTES, HIGH
SCHOOLS, & TEACHERF EXAMINATIONS
HISTORY, GEOGRAPHY AND ANTIQUITIES.
(Continued.)
^^^Sil^^S ^*-'"°'^'^' ^'''f'AS OK CLASSICAL GKO-
JO»f^^™/'«i^HOOL ATLA
JEBB'S GRKEkLiTERATURK'(Pri^^^^^^^ .' o ?!
MAHAFFVS GREEK ANTIQUITIES (PVimer) o t
THOMPSON'S, EDITH. Hlb^RY Ol/ EN^SlAnI). New '
l;.uiTio>f ,,
TOZERS CLASSICAL GF.oriRAPHy * r^
WILKINS- ROMAN ANTIQUITIES (Primer).:,:.:...:...:.::;:;: o 30
ANCIENT LANGUAGES-LATIN.
ARNOLD'S LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION , ^»
IIRYCE'S FIRST LATIN READER ^'''^^'' * «»
CHAMBERS'S LATIN DICTIONARY ? 'n\
CICER() PRO ARCHIA AND PRO LEGEMANiLi.A:^)..: "
ford I ext, with notes.) ^ „ „.
HARKNEss' INTRODUCTORY latin'book ::.::::::::::: IV,
LAI IN READER 08-
„^^" LATIN GRAMMAR ,J,
HORACE. ODES. Book I..... ;: ' °:^ *
uvy: BooKy^"^' ^'""^- (o*f°'d TextwithNotes):::::: o ^
ROUTLEDGE'S LAflN DicfioNARY o 1-
^^■^ITH'S.^DR. WM.. PRINUPIALATINa: Parts i::' 11:; "'
5lRGILl??iSStl^'^t^'^T^'*''NG^ o ?^
VIROIL S ECLOGUES, with Notes by Archd. Bryce o 4a
GREEK.
ARNOLD'S GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION 1 o.
BRYCE'S FIRST GREEK BOOK ^^'''""^^ ^ "]
B^vcE's KEY TO FiR.sT GREEK BOOK.:::.::::.'::: o 15
BRYCE'S SECOND GREEK BOOK,. , 1
SH?;T.l^^' S'^iALLER GREEK GRAMMAR;;;;:;;;;:;;;;;;;;; ■" o S
DEMOSTHENES' OLYNTHIACS « ^
HOMER'S ODYSSEY ...::.::::....:::::::.:.::::::::.".': o «
JAMES CAMPBELL ^ SON. TORONTO.
)N"S
■R/ES,
FES, HIGH
fATIONS
:quities.
,L GEO-
L CEOI ^' "
3 7?
o 3"
o 3«
fD, New
o 6j
o .V»
o 3*
riN.
I C9
O 63
o I 5
I OJ
o -15
o 7>
X 75
IA,(Ox-
o 30
O 71J
o 8j
1 OJ ,
o 3<.^
lies) 04-,
o 45
o 45
I.. H..
...each, o go
AR o 90
o 43
I 01
o 75
o 15
I 00
o 90
o 90
o 45
i^ro.
XENOPHON^SANABAsisi liooni.; with not;. ■•-'^' ^ '^
o 3*
ARITHMETIC
SMITH & M'MURCHY-S ELEMENTARY AR,THVfFT,r
• STODDARD'S INTEI T p•,^'■',y.^N^"Er^ "'^ '" *""
.-^KU .-5 lA TELLECl UAL ARITHMFTIC ** ^"^
** o 95
ALGEBRA
COLENSO-S ALGEFmA. Part I.
SI uDENis ALGEBRA (just pubii.h,d)::;:;;::: ?^
EUCLID.
POrrs ELEMENTS OF GEOMFTRV • u .,
v^/l-J'nation Papers ^'^"MEIRV, wuh Kirkbnc|-s Ex-
VOUNGS EUCLID, Book l:.;:::.;: o 50
Hooks JL ami ili <* »3
o >5
MECHANICS
STEWART'S Privficsl^'^^ ^EpiANlCS .;..:: i "«
^""^"^^S (Science Primer) '5"
o 30
PHYSICAL SCIENCE
S!??,;s||<|iskj-^»» ■
Koscors cilMa'R'VYs4'„'.?;Sf ■ Ne« E<,r.io„:;;: ; s;
o 30
3 25
t (X>
o 6ci
MAlMMFrTHFRFsV i " L'. -; ...7.'..""^' '"' ""^
WESSELEY'SPOC&A^pv?:'.']"^'''''''-'*'' '"■■ IV
.»«-^'-Kl-.l I.RENCH DICTIONARY..:!.;; ° ^
MISCELLANEOUS
KULTON & EASTMAN'S BOOK-KEEPING '
7AMES CAMPBEir^r^^^^----"^